Nasik 2

NIAM
Detailed Project Report on Development of Modern Terminal Market for Fruit & Vegetables at Nasik
Prepared By NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF AGRICULTURAL MARKETING (Govt. of India Organization) Kota Road, Bambala, Near Sanganer Jaipur 303906
C O N T E N TS
Ch. No. Project Summary 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Introduction to the Project Present Scenario in Nasik Division Existing Wholesale Fruit and Vegetable Markets and Produce Flow Problems in Existing System Perception of Stakeholders and Survey Results Proposed Concept for Market Electronic Auction System Modern Infrastructure in the Market 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Ripening Chamber and Cold Storage Electronic Grading Lines Quality Evaluation Station Underground Conveyor Based Movement and Handling System with Pre-cooling Automation and net Working Online Spot Commodity on NCDEX Platform Testing, Grading, Certification and Laboratory Facility 236-239 240-248 249-278 279-291 292-303 304-320 321-3326 327-342
Particulars
Page No. I-VII 1-5 6-17 18-38 39-41 42-66 67-81 82-106 107-235
Description of Various Sections in the Market Proposed Market Site and Locational Structure Backward Linkages Forward Linkages Business Process and IT Enabled Operations Management Ownership and Profile of Authority Implementation of the Project Calculation of Financial and Economic Viability Proposals Quotations
PROJECT SUMMARY - NASIK Overview of the Project S.No. 1. 2. 2. Particulars Proposed Project Promoters of the Market Operators of the Market Description Modern Terminal Market for Fruits and Vegetables at Nasik Maharashtra State Agricultural Marketing Board Public-Private Model named Terminal Market company (TMC). O&M by private firm only. 3. Location Optional Sites: (Order of Preference) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) 4. Area Ojhar Sayyad Pimper Pimpalgaon Baswant Igatpuri Lasalgaon (NAFED) Pimpalgaon (NAFED) Project Developed on Ojhar Site Basis
Proposed 100 acre out of which 35 acres in Ist phase of the said project. Rest for future expansion and phase II development. 12 blocks of Nasik district and 4 blocks of Ahmednagar, Two each in Pune and Jalgaon blocks of Maharashtra. Terminal Market 1000 MT / day and 3.00 lac MT / year. Collection Centre50 MT/day and 15000 MT/ year
5. 6.
Major sourcing areas Handling capacity
7.
Expected peak throughput for
1500 MT/ day.
Terminal Market 8. Modern Infrastructure in the Market Central Electronic Auction Underground Conveyor Based Material Movements and Mechanized Handling with Precooling units. Wholesale block cum Godowns (75 big shops) Four Electronic Grading Lines with State-of-Art Facility for Exports (common pay & use infrastructure) for Grapes, Onions, Mango, Pomegranate, Citrus and Vegetables. Pack-house Facilities Color Vision System Quality Station Mechanized Pruning & Harvesters Ancillary Equipments. Optional provision for Cash and Carry stores 5000 MT Cold Storage and 6 Ripening chambers for Banana / Mango of 25 MT each State of Art Testing/Certification Laboratory and R&D center to meet International SPS standards NCDEX Platform for Electronic Trading Automated Total Business Process. Provision for Food Processing Unit, Hotel and Social Infrastructure in phase-II Built up area for banks, Service providers, transport companies etc., Post Office, police post, fire services, parking for trucks and cars, information center, rest rooms for farmers and drivers and exporters. One Stop Shopping Store for Inputs by Godrej Agrovet/ITC Tie up with major Food Store Chains (e.g.
Foodworld and Radhakrishana Food Land in Mumbai for up to 30-50% of throughput need. 9. Off-market site Infrastructure 20 Collection centers providing facilities (i) Weather Insurance Personal Life Insurance, Animal Insurance, Accidental Insurance (ii) ATM (iii) Agri-clinics and Extension services (iv) Future Price Display (v) Multipurpose Information-Kiosks (vi) Commodity Exchange Node-Phase-II (vii) Electronic Display Board and Live Auction (viii) Total Transactional Banking Solutions by Yes Bank(ix) Investment Advice (x) Grading Facilities. (xi) One Stop Shopping for Input by Godrej Agrovet. (xii) Concessional Educational Loan to Farmers Ward and health Services (xiii) Volume Incentives to Growers. 10 11 Sale outlets in ten major cities of India for Nasik Fresh Brand Cash & Carry stores (in city areas on Franchise basis)
12. Cost of Project and Means of Finance S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 8 Particulars Cost of Project Land Building and Civil Work Machines and Equipments Misc Fixed Assets Furniture and Fixture Preliminary and Pre-Operative Expenses Contingencies and Escalations Security Deposits Working Capital (on the basis of IInd year of Operation at 50% capacity Utilization) Total Means of Finance Share Capital (29.43%) Subsidy (23.54%) Term Loan (47.03%) Total Amount (Rs. In Lacs) 420.00 2313.96 1519.22 877.27 42.50 288.35 184.47 0.60 350.00 5996.37 1764.93 1411.44 2820.00 5996.37
1 2 3
COMPARISON WITH NDDB (SAFAL) MARKET, BANGALORE S.No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Item Daily No. of Vehicle Arriving Expected Daily Arrival Average Vehicle Load Built up Area Auction System (i) Hall (ii) Technology (iii) System 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Cold Storage Ripening Chamber Queuing of Vehicles (Average 4 meters length) Civil Cost Shops and Godowns Cost of Project Bangalore 600 2400 MT 850 MT (2003) 4 MT 6.00 lac Sq. ft (22% of Total Area)
Nasik 300 1000 MT 200 MT (First year) 4 MT 3.00 lakh sq. ft.
2 (Capacity of 150 in 2 (Capacity of 75 in each) each) Mechanically Exposed Plasma Display Clock Clock 3 Systems Only Dutch 10 (100 x 50) = 10,000 MT 10 of 25 MT each 2400 meters (600 vehicles ) 45 crores 300 Rs.200 crore Above Rs. 100 crore already spent Rigid- (Advance Deposit )
5 (100 x 50) = 5000 MT 6 of 25 MT each 1200 meters (300 vehicles) 23 crores 75 Rs.59 crore
12.
(Forward Linkages) Registration of Buyers; Inadequate Buyers
Flexible - No Advance. Bank will Extend Credit Limit to Buyers. Tie up with Processor
13.
Alternate Arrangements
Selling NIL
1) Electronic Trading Platform 2) Sales Outlets at 10 Different Locations 3) Arrangements with Bulk Buyers (Super Stores) and Input Suppliers 20 100 Flexible Electronic Display Board & Multi Purpose Information Kiosks Provisions made with Installation of ATMs and Revolving Fund Arrangements made at CC level Arrangements made at CC level Arrangements made at CC level Free Weather Insurance Personal Insurance, Animal Health Insurance Accidental Insurance, Concessional Educational Loans to Farmers wards, Concessional Health services, etc. Electronic Grading-sorting lines for Grapes, pomegranate, mango; shrink wrap packaging unit for vegetables palletisation, Testing & certification laboratory and state-of-art Colour Vision System Quality Station for Fruits.
14.
Backward Linkages - Collection Centres - Farmers Association - Membership - Information Communication Liquidity Arrangements for Buyers and Cash Daily Payment to Growers - Agri-clinic & Extension Support One Stop Shopping for Input - Transparency - Other Additional Attraction for Sellers -
45 225 Registered Inadequate and incomplete No Arrangement No Arrangement No Arrangement No Arrangement NIL
15.
Export Infrastructure
NIL
PRE AND POST SCENARIO OF TERMINAL MARKET ESTABLISHMENT AT NASIK Problems 1 Solutions
Only notified commodities can be Only graded material will be accepted in traded by licensed traders in notified the terminal market and no other area with payment of fees under criterion for trading of the produce by regulatory framework of APMC registered traders with no limitation of notified area and no involvement of commission agent.
No commodities can be traded and no transaction can take place without payment of the market fee to APMC by any means
No market fee to be paid for trading and transaction in the modern terminal market.
Market doesnt play a proactive role in farmers to organise the logistics
Backward and forward linkages and terminal market No monopoly of any single authority and provision of alternate authority to operate in the market Land use pattern in the system is totally changed and is allocated in such a way to suit into different stakeholders
attracting produce or in facilitating the modern value added facilities in the
Lack of perfect marketing conditions, an environment of regulation and monopoly of existing traders.
The land use pattern in side the market is faulty
Parking in circulation area either openly ignored or encroached upon.
Parking and vehicular movement is changed and to suit different stakeholders
Chaos is a common phenomenon at trading places in fruits and vegetables since there is no single centralized auction system.
Centralized Auction System (CAS) is introduced in the modern terminal market.
The scenario of congestion, Chaos and unhygienic condition
Hygienic and modern with mechanized material movement facility All the facilities are provided at both end of the terminal market and at the collection centers.
Lack of post harvest handling, assembling, sorting, grading, packing, transportation, quality certification, pallatization, labeling, pre-cooling, cold-store, ripening chambers and exports.
10
The present system does not cope up with cultural change, technological advancements and professional expectation of different stakeholders
The proposed system has scope for accommodating modern technological, future expansion and accountable to the need of stakeholder. Less price fluctuation and the fate is more predictable This will be taken care by the terminal market.
11
High levels of price fluctuations in key produce
12
The traders are also facing the problem of arranging transport to major destinations.
Modern Terminal Market Nasik
CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION TO THE PROJECT
The Existing Market structure of fruits and vegetables does not adequately
address the complex problems of farmers. It has low marketing efficiency, high post harvest losses and does not foster competitiveness. A modern innovative system that can reduce the vested interests of a large intermediary chain, create competition, assure quality and modernize operations with IT applications in handling of fruits and vegetables, is necessary to raise income of actual farmers.
To achieve this objective, National Dairy Development Board was asked to develop and establish operations for a Modern Integrated Terminal Market for Fruits, Vegetables and Flowers in Bangalore by the Govt. of India. The market is popularly known as SAFAL Fruit and Vegetable Auction Market (SFVAM).
SFVAM was a special endeavor to bring farmers and wholesalers to a common platform to facilitate information sharing and to promote the spirit of cooperative movement. The State Government amended Karnataka State Agricultural
Produce Marketing (Regulation) Act, 1966, to pave the way for National Dairy Development Board to own, operate and manage fruits and vegetables auction market in the State. The venture facilitates the organization of more than 200 horticultural farmers associations with around 50,000 grower members for
planned and assured production and supply of agricultural produce for the purpose of wholesale marketing.
The SAFAL Market was designed on the lines of European Auction Markets. It offers a clean and hygienic market environment. Components of the marketing
system include establishment of Wholesale Auction Market, Backward Linkages with Farmers, and Forward Linkages with the Retailers and Consumers. The
market is designed to handle 1600 MT tones of fresh fruit and vegetables per day, operating 312 days in a year. Backward and Forward Linkages The market is supported by 225 Horticultural Farmers Associations (FAs) 150 in the State of Karnataka and the balance in nearby states of Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu. Membership of the association is restricted to only those farmers The FAs will to be linked to 45 Collection
who own land and are not traders. Centers (CCs).
The Forward Linkages envisioned under the system provide
incentives to the wholesalers in the form of assured availability of fruits and vegetables, graded material, Short-term storage, Fruit ripening facility etc. The market was designed to handle 858 MT in 2003 and 1830 MT in 2012 per day.
The market has not achieved the prospective levels though the investment has already crossed more than 1,000 million rupees. The flower auction mainly
caters to the flowers grown around the city.
The market has not achieved the
level of expectation in the year 2005 in terms of arrival and volume of business. The reasons for not achieving the operational level is advocated as - inadequate wholesalers to buy material because of deposit requirement equal to the amount of purchase everyday by the traders. This practice of NDDB is neither practically possible nor is prevailing in the existing trade practice. A backward linkage with farmers is also inadequate and incomplete and information communication is not in place. While cooperating with the NDDB in inculcating a new culture of modern markets, the Govt. of Karnataka amended the APMC Act and allowed NDDB to open and run the said market. The Govt. of India prepared a Model Act to bring amendment in APMC Act and allowing private markets to come up. As a fallow up various states have amended their acts to pave the way for the private sector to come forward on the same lines. The Govt. of India has also introduced Market Infrastructure Development Scheme (MIDS) which is linked with reforms.
In this background the Ministry of Agriculture took up the matter with different States and the NDDB for replicating similar but improved model with removal of all weakness of previous system in different forms in different States. Taking initiatives, the Ministry offered to assist the willing States in formulation of Detailed Project Reports (DPR) for the setting up of Integrated Horticultural Markets and subsequently in tying up of financing and implementation of the
project by different agencies in different States subject to the condition of amendments in APMC act. Different States requested the Ministry to get In view of this, the National
prepared Detailed Project Reports for them.
Institute of Agricultural Marketing was asked to prepare the said reports for different markets in different States.
The Ministry decided to take up Nasik Market of Maharashtra in the first phase and NIAM was asked to complete the report by the end of May, 2005. The project is aimed to achieve the following objectives: 1. Improving returns of the farmers 2. Enhance marketing efficiency 3. Reduce wastage and post harvest losses 4. Increase exports and foster competitiveness 5. Ensure transparency 6. Reduce Intermediary chain and create competition 7. Assure quality of produce 8. Modernize operations with IT-Applications
Nasik is one of the largest fruit-growing districts in the country with enlightened back up of the farmers. Farming community with very high yield rate in horticultural commodities predominantly inhabits the area. Nasik market handles commodities valued at Rs.24, 000 lac annually with 6th rank in the State in terms
of arrival and probably the largest as primary fruit and vegetable market in the State. The market receives agriculture produce from the surrounding villages
within radius of 15-20 k.m. There are about 1500 traders and 200 commission agents operating in the jurisdiction of APMC, Nasik. Annual arrival of Nasik
market is 38.00 Lac MT that shows the size and volume of business of horticulture sector in one district. Therefore it has been proposed to establish a
modern terminal market in Nasik or in surrounding area under private / semi govt. management.
Therefore there is a need for a radical shift towards an efficient as well as sophisticated supply chain model to maximize returns to growers as well as meet ever increasing needs of the consumers, both in the international as well as the domestic markets. This can be achieved by organizing growers at the backend
and creating modern terminal markets with state of the art infrastructure and managerial competence at the front end.
CHAPTER II PRESENT SCENARIO IN NASIK DIVISION
Maharashtra is the one of the largest states in the production of fruits and vegetables contributing nineteen percent of the total fruit production in the country. The State produces around nine million tones of fruits having
productivity of 16 MT per hectare, which is fairly good when compared to countrys average of 12 MT. It grows commodities like grapes, pomegranate, banana, mango, sapota, oranges, lime, strawberry, jackfruits etc in large quantity. The State holds prestigious position in vegetable production
contributing 5% of the total production and stands 7th in the country. Total production of vegetables in Maharashtra is approximately 5 million tones. Because of close proximity to Mumbai port and metropolitan market, the state enjoys the comparative advantages in exports as well as long distance supply. In certain commodities the state has occupied unique and prestigious position, e.g. onion, grapes, pomegranate etc. These commodities have far reaching
upstream zone of influence where these commodities are known by the place itself i.e. Nasik.
Nasik is the one of the most emerging horticultural hub of the State. It has tremendous potential for cultivation of aforesaid commodities and significant exports. In recent past there have been large-scale quantities of grape exports 6
(20,000 MT annually).
The quality of these grapes is considered to be very Being a major horticulture hub and especially in
good in international markets.
close proximity of trading and export hub, the triangle of Mumbai-Pune-Nasik cities will register a tremendous growth of horticultural production in Maharashtra. Progressive farmers of this region are adopting new technologies in the area of post harvest management and packaging etc., on a large scale.
The following table presents a trend of growth in area and production of different commodities in Nasik district.
No
Item
2000-01 Area (Ha) Prodn (MT) 7128 249920 400 173873 1711 -
2001-02 Area (Ha) 5102 27364 200 5102 209 17056 9472 Prodn (MT) 17347 475800 13190 77703 1986 180003 320520 Area (Ha)
2002-03 Prodn (MT) 18958 602400 6340 300454 162330
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Mango Grape Banana Pomegranate K.Lime Onion Tomato
2620 15260 8 11729 133 -
5576 17387 100 32184 8112
The production of some key fruits and vegetables in the Nasik District are presented in the table above. The data shows that the production of fruits and vegetables is on the rise. The quantum of production is quite high in few of the 7
commercially important commodities such as Grapes, Onion and Tomato and substantially less in other commodities such as Banana and K. Lime. The
production of fruits in the next few years can go down due to unforeseen reasons such as drought or diseases, as was the case a few years ago in Pomegranate and Grape. Another factor that plays a major role in cutting down the production of Onion by farmers in the State is the high levels of price fluctuation in market. In the years to follow, due to the lower market prices for Onion in the State, the area under Onion would invariably come down reducing production and increasing prices in the subsequent years.
Monthly wholesale prices of the last three years Typical monthly wholesale prices of key fresh produce in Nasik APMC are given below. The price difference is higher in perishable produce and lesser in semiperishable and less perishable produce. There is large variability in prices of produce during the day and during the season. The large difference in market price between the daily minimum and vs. maximum price for a produce is difficult to comprehend but it can be explained. This is because the present system of dissemination of market prices in the country does not provide additional details about the produce, which has a direct bearing on the market price such as the issues of produce quality and grade. Further this is
complicated by the fact that a large number of transactions or auctions in the market take place on un-graded, un-sorted and un-packed produce. Traders
who then get to arbitrarily fix price to his benefit patronize this practice. In other words grading of the produce and packaging before sale is not promoted in the existing market system where as it is reverse in the case of a modern Terminal market. The modern market system disseminated information on grades and quality of specific produce that was transacted at the market as part of a routine market information dissemination system.
The large price variability during a season is explained by gluts or heavy arrivals in peak harvest season and receipt of significantly lower levels of supplies in off peak harvest season.
Monthly Prices of Few Key Produce Traded in Nasik Market No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Item GRAPE NASIK Feb 2000 Mar 2000 Apr 2000 May 2000 Mar 2001 Apr 2001 Jan 2002 Feb 2002 Minimum Rs/Quintal 1600 900 800 1900 1100 1900 900 800 Maximum Rs/Quintal 1800 1300 1400 2200 2000 2500 2000 1050 Model Rs / Quintal 1700 1200 1000 2000 2000 2000 1050 950
No 1 2 3 4
Item LEMON NASIK Aug 2001 Feb 2002 Aug 2004 Nov 2004
Minimum Rs /Quintal 500 300 400 450
Maximum Rs /Quintal 650 500 600 700
Model Rs /Quintal 500 300 500 650
Problem of Price Fluctuations and Benefits of Terminal Market High levels of price fluctuations in key produces from the Nasik area, viz. Onion, Tomato and Grape, have been calling for a satisfactory solution for quite some time now. One of the effective ways of addressing this problem is through more efficient and modern marketing practices including the setting up of Terminal market. With better post harvest management practices, better handling
/storage practices, opportunities for quick and cost competitive transport plans and processing options the proposed Terminal market at Nasik is well equipped to address this problem. With good tie ups, backward and forward linkages the Terminal market is in a position to contribute to better production planning by farmers. It can provide farmers with feedback on consumer likes and
requirement and help them in production planning and help tie up in marketing. Price Fluctuations in Onion Onion is one of the most price sensitive produce. Quite frequently farmers
complain about less than remunerative prices received by them for their
10
produce. Some times the prices of Onion falls to Rs 1 and 2 per Kg that is below their cost of cultivation. This has led to State intervention and purchase at
minimum price in the past. The situation has improved in the past few years. Mainly because of two reasons, viz. availability of increased storage capacity for farmers and growing exports due to lifting of restrictions on exports by the Central Government.
The impact of exports of onion, the single largest produce exported out of India at nearly 7 lakh MT during 2003-2004, also contributes to price stabilization and better prices for Onion. The improved situation in onion storage facilities in the State, because of setting up of nearly 2.5 lakh MT additional capacity under financial assistance scheme during the past three years, has led to lower post harvest losses and reducing the distress sales by the farmers. This has also contributed to price stability. Price Fluctuations in Tomato Tomato being a highly perishable produce unlike Onion, is subjected to frequent and large price fluctuations. During period of peak harvest, the prices of Tomato are ridiculously low at less than Rs 1 per Kg. This together with lack of adequate handling, storage and limited shelf life extension options or value addition opportunities the farmers has no choice but to dispose off at throwaway prices. There is a need for better organization of Tomato trade with better post harvest management practices and an efficient transportation and processing options. 11
Terminal market has the capability to grasp the market signals and direct the farmers to produce to meet processors needs for high TSS Tomato and consumers need for specific grade of produce. Price Fluctuations in Grapes A price of fresh Grape fluctuates due to a number of reasons. Prices go up due to lower production because of water shortage in production season and unusual rains during harvest time that adversely affect Grape production. With its highly developed export trade, the prices of grape in the local market are influenced by export performance. When exports are high the prices in the local market are stable and remunerative for farmers. However due to high levels of
competitiveness in the international Grape trade sometimes the Indian Grape fetches lower prices. This will lead to less export during the season and more availability in local market with reduced price realization by the farmer. An
efficient Terminal market system would account for such contingencies and effect appropriate distribution and utilization plans to minimize price fluctuations. Harvesting Season The availability or harvesting season of fruit and vegetable is well spread throughout the year. This is ideal for profitable operation of the market at
desirable capacity level all through the year. It is shown in the following table.
12
Availability of fruits and vegetables are as below. No Fruit /Vegetable Peak Harvest months Off peak harvest months Remarks (No of months available) 10 months
1.
Banana
Apr, May July, Jan, Dec Aug, Nov, Sept, Jan, May Mar, Jun, Jul Jan Sept Dec, June Mar, Sep Jan, Oct Mar, Dec Jan, Sep Jan, Dec Nov, Mar Jul, Feb Jan, Aug May, Sep Feb, Aug Apr, Nov
2. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Grapes Mango Pomegranate Lime /Lemon Sweet Orange Onion Tomato Cabbage Cauli flower Brinjal Okra
Feb, Mar, Apr Apr, May, Feb, Mar Nov, Dec Feb, Mar Jul, Aug Feb Nov Feb, Mar Oct Aug, Sep Dec, Mar Dec, Jan Aug, Sep, Oct Feb, Mar Sep Mar Sep, Oct
5 months 5 months 6 months 8 months 6 months 7 months 6 months 4 months 5 months 6 months 7 months
13
The above table shows that the key fruits and vegetables are available throughout the year. The information such as peak arrival months and season of availability is useful while planning market operations. Inter and Intra State Movement Nasik is a major producer and supplier of fruits like Grapes and vegetables such as Onion for markets within the State, outside the State and outside the country. Nearly 90 % of Grapes and Onions are sent out of the State.
Grape: Almost 60 % of the Grape production from the State is reported from Nasik. Fresh Grapes are sent to key markets in the State such as Mumbai, Pune, Nagpur, Aurangabad and so on and outside the State markets in Kolkatta, Chennai, Ahmedabad, New Delhi and so on. The produce is transported by road packed in corrugated boxes in regular trucks and tempos. Exports of fresh
Grapes is carried out mainly by sea in refrigerated containers. There are more than hundred pre-cooling cum cold storage pack-houses in Nasik that facilitate exports.
Onion: Nasik is also a major producer of Onion in the State. Onion production is reported to be 50 % or more of the State production. Since the State produces 25 % of countrys production of onion, Nasik onion is transported to other parts of the State and outside the State and also exported out of the country. Most of the onion is transported in trucks packed in 40 kg gunny bags. Export onions
14
are packed in smaller packs of 4 Kg to 10 kg as per consumer needs. Onion is exported today mainly to Asian and South East Asian countries besides Middle East. Since the Nasik onion (Agri Found Light Red) is a major produce with long shelf life exporters prefer Nasik onion to other types of onion.
Tomato: Tomato is also produced in large quantities and sent out of the District to other parts of the State especially to major consumption centers like Mumbai and Aurangabad in the State and to other major markets such as Ahmedabad and even New Delhi market depending upon seasonal demand.
Number of Traders operating in Markets A large number of traders and commission agents operate in the Nasik market 779 class A Traders and 194 class A Commission Agents. The above figure
includes not only fruit and vegetable trade operatives but also other trade operatives such as grain and other produce operatives. The number of traders
dealing in vegetables is estimated to at 200 or so and little less than half that number in fruits. Market charges applicable in Mandi The market charges are in the range of 9 to 13 % in case of fruits and vegetable trade. Of this the major share is received by Commission Agents. However, in reality, the farmer / trader is paying more than the approved charges. A typical market fee structure is given below.
15
No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Market fee Supervision Fee GCA commission
Item 0.05
Percentage* 1.0 2.0 8.0 11.00 1.25 2.0 0.9-1.2 0.07 9.05 (+) 13.05 (+)
Unloading /Loading (Quintal) Weighment (Quintal) Cleaning charges (Quintals) Total
* Percentage of value of produce
Growth in Mandi Arrivals - A Projection Growth projections of arrivals in Mandi over the next 10 years have been prepared for Nasik Division. The projections are based on mandi arrival data collected over the last ten years. A summary table showing growth in arrivals in key markets and of key produce are shown below.
No Category Key Markets /Produce in Nasik Division in which growth is projected over the next 10 years (2004 2014) Chopada, Raver. Yawal, Faizpur Kalvan, Nasik Malegaon, Nasik Nasik, Pimpalgaon-Baswant Sangamner Sangamner, Shrigonda, Yeola Average percentage projected growth 1.38 3.30 2.30 1.45 2.99 1.37
1 2 3 4 5 6
Banana Mango Pomegranate Grapes Water Melon Lemon
16
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Okra Onion Cabbage Tomato Brinjal Other vegetables Vegetables (Market wise) Vegetables Vegetables (Market wise) Fruits
Pimpalgaon-Baswant Rahuri, Pimpalgaon-Baswant, Kalvan, Deola, Lasalgaon, Manmad, Yeola Yeola Sangamner, Pimpalgaon-Baswant Pimpalgaon-Baswant Nasik, Dhule, Pimpalgaon-Baswant Rahuri, Sangamner, Pimpalgaon-Baswant, Lasalgaon Onion, Tomato, Corainder, Nasik, Yeola, Sangamner, Chopada, Raver, Yawal Banana, Lemon Yeola, Kalvan,
2.63 2.19 2.43 1.90 2.65 0.80 2.00
14 15 16
2.34 1.56 1.20
From the growth projections above it is evident that the arrivals (production) of key horticultural crops from Nasik Division is going to grow in key Mandi over the next 10 years. A positive linear rate of growth (growth) is projected in all key produce and key Mandi.
17
CHAPTER - III EXISTING WHOLESALE FRUIT AND VEGETABLE MARKETS AND PRODUCE FLOW
Agricultural trade in Maharashtra is regulated under Maharashtra State Agriculture Marketing (Regulation) Act 1963 whereby the State level Agricultural Marketing Board has established APMCs throughout the State for enforcement of farmer friendly provisions of the act MARKET PROFILES Nasik Market Nasik is the 6th largest APMC in the State of Maharashtra with annual arrivals of 381.52 lakh quintals in the year 2002-03, valued at Rs 23780 Lacs.
The present APMC is being newly constructed at a distance of 6 km from the city, on Peth road. It is located on a 80 acres plot of land. Almost 70 % of the market work has been completed. The new market has started functioning to a great extent. Vegetable market is still to be shifted from its present location as well as the Grain market, which is spread out throughout the city of Nasik.
The market receives agricultural produce from surrounding villages within a radius of 15 to 20 km. However sometimes produce also comes from as far away as 50 km. The arrival of produce is mainly in four wheelers - Truck,
18
tempo, or tractor. The market receives a variety of agricultural produce both perishables and non-perishables The market has 1493 traders of all types & 194 general commission agents operating today (see table below). The new market is well planned with enough parking spaces, good roads and shops and storage spaces for traders. However the market has some problems that include the lack of cold storage and cold chain for perishables such as fruits and vegetables on the market yard. TRADERS /ACOMMISSION AGENTS AND PROCESSORS OPERATING IN THE NASIK APMC THE 6 TH LARGEST APMC IN THE STATE OF MAHARASHTRA No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Functionary type Trader Trader Trader Commission Agent Processor Processor Weigh man Hamaal Brokers (cattle) Traders (Cattle) Class A B C A A B B Number 779 9 439 194 13 4 62 162 1 44 Remarks Grains /Fruits and vegetables
19
The Nasik APMC is set up under the Maharashtra State APMC Act of 1963. The management of the APMC is in the hands of an elected body that has representation from the farmers, farmers groups, traders and Government officials. The APMC acts as a local authority and regulates all marketing activity in its area of operation. It works as a facilitator by providing needed
infrastructures and support services for the functionaries viz. farmers and traders. APMC Chandavad Chandvad is a taluk headquarters in Nasik district. This is just one km inside the main Mumbai Agra National Highway. The nearest railway station is Manamad. The APMC Chandwad was established on 01.04.1982. The market has 11.45 hectares of market yard. It has two sub-markets.One is vadner Bhairar and the other is Vadalibhovi. Vadnar Bhairv sub-market is having a market yard of 1.21 hectares. land. The second sub-market i.e Vadalibhovi has 1.84 hectares of
The Chandawad main market is having the following facilities in its market yard. a) d) g) Sale hall b) Water tank e) c) Betelnut leaves shops f) Compound Wall
Drinking Water
Internal Roads and
Godown of 700 MTS capacity
20
In Chandvad main market 49 commission agent are doing business. The details of licensed traders are given below.
1. 2. 3.
A class traders B class traders C class traders
46 36 776 This
The total numbers of market functionaries serving the market are 1229. market mainly deals with Onion, Betel leaves and Jowar.
The important feature
of this market is that 50 co-operative societies are doing business after obtaining license from the APMC. crores. APMC Ghoti APMC Ghoti is in Igatpuri taluka of Nasik district. This APMC was established on 15.09.1952. This is one of the oldest markets in this region. is situated at Ghoti in an area of 2.09 hectares. located at Wadivahe. The main market The market is having an annual turnover of 19.59
This has one sub-market
Paddy, Rice, Wheat and Bajara and vegetables arrive in
huge quantities to this market. There are 1529 market functionaries operating in this market. The number of commission agents is only urgent. traders are as follows: A class B class C class 76 68 295 21 The licenced
The market is having the following infrastructure. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Farmers Rest house Traders complex Cattle shed Cattle Plat Form Water Supply Shopping Center Shop cum godown
Nearest high way is Mumbai Agra National highway and the nearest railway station is Igatpuri. During 2002-03 the annual turnover of the market was of the magnitude of 13.49 crores. APMC Kalvan Kalavan is a taluka headquarters in Nasik district. The APMC Kalavan was
established on 01.03.1971. This APMC has three sub-markets. They are 1. 2. 3. Devla Abhona Kanashi 12.13 hac 1.20 hac 1.20 hac
22
Kalvan APMC is having a market of 6.07 hectares. market are 1. 2. 3. 4. Weighment Shed Water Tank Auction Platform Weigh Bridge
The facilities available in the
In all 1989 market functionaries are engaged in agricultural marketing operations. Number of commission agents are 44. The particulars at traders
are as under:A Class Traders B Class Traders C Class Traders 96 172 333
This market records the arrivals of Onion, Maize, Wheat, Bajara, Gram, Groundnut and Pulses. This is one of the important markets for Onion. The annual turnover of the
market is 72.79 crores for the year 2002-03. Nearest highway is Mumbai Agra National Highway and nearest railway station is Manamad.
APMC Hasalgaon This APMC is in Niphad taluka of Nasik district. Agra National highway. The nearest highway is Mumbai This is one of the
Lasalgaon has a railway station.
23
biggest onion markets of not only Maharashtra but also the entire country. Very high quality onion is cultivated in the hinterland of this market. grown in this region is known for its keeping quality. Lasalgaon APMC was established on 27.07.1954. The main market is having a The onion
market yard of 16.51 hectares. The amenities provided in the main market yard are 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Internal Concrete Roads Weigh Bridge Farmers Rest House Warehouses Shopping Complex Canteen Under Ground Electrification Parking Place 1000 MT Godown
Lasalgaon APMC is having two sub-markets. 1. 2. Niphad Vinchur 6.09 hac 1.5 hac
In Lasalgaon main market totally 170 market functionaries are engaged in marketing activities. traders are There are 116 commission agents. The particulars of
1.
A Class Traders
192
24
2. 3.
B Class Traders C Class Traders
5 240 Lasalgaon
This market is for the arrivals of Onion, Tomato and Soyabean.
market receives produce from traders at 15-20 kms. The annual turnover of the market for the year 2002-03 is 1.4.50 crores. APMC Malegaon Malagaon is a taluka head quarter. This is very near to Mumbai Agra National Highway. Nearest railway station is Manamad. APMC Malagaon was
established on 11.11.1948.
This is also another oldest market of Nasik region.
The main market has an area of 9.89 hectares. This APMC has four markets viz;
1. 2. 3. 4.
Umarane Zodage Nomagaon Jalgaon (NI)
2.00 hac 2.00 hac No land 1.47 hac
The important facilities provided in the Malagaon main market yard are 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Trader Shop Post Office Farmers Rest House Bank State Warehouse Godown Internal Roads
25
The major commodities of this market are groundnut, onion, maize, bajra, wheat, pomegranate and potato. The annual turnover of the market for the year 2002 03 was 70.14 crores. The total number of market functionaries operating in the market yard are 2064. There are 12 commission agents. The particulars of traders are
1. 2. 3. APMC Manamad
A class traders B class traders C Class traders
216 128 162
Manamad is in Nandagaon taluka of Nasik district. on 18.07.195.
This market was established
The main market yard is developed on an area of 11.1 hectares.
The important amenities provided by the market committee are 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Pump House Action Shed Weighing Bridge Parking Shed Farmers Rest House Farmers Market Godowns
26
Good Number of market functionaries are doing business in this market and their number is 1068. given below. There are 30 commission agents and the number of traders is
1. 2. 3.
82 86 376
The major agricultural commodities grown in the hinterland of this market are onion, jowar, bajra and wheat. 2002-03 is 100.71 crores. The total turnover of the market for the year
APMC Nandgaon Nandagaon is a taluka headquarter in Nasik district. Aurangabad. Nearest highway is This APMC
Nasik and Nandagaon are having a railway station.
was established on 02.09.1949.
This is another important oldest market of
Nasik region. The extent of main market yard is 5.80 hectares. This APMC has two sub-markets viz;
The major agricultural commodities of this area are onion, groundnut, maize and bajara. The important facilities available in the market yard are
1. 2.
Electronic weighing bridge 2 nos. Shopping Center
27
3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Cattle Shed Canteen Compound Wall Drinking Water Farmers Rest House There are 50 commission
Total number of licensed market functionaries is 746. agents performing business in this market. are as under
The particulars of licensed traders
1. 2. 3.
131 8 266
The annual turnover of the APMC for the year 2002-03 is 24.25 crores. APMC, Satana Satana APMC is Baglan taluka of Nasik district. Mumbai Agra National This
Highway is just one k.m from Satana. Nearest railway station is Manmad. APMC was established on 24.09.1948.
Main market Satana is having an area of .55 hectares. sub-market at Nampur.
This is having only one
The sub-market yard is having an area of 4.39
hectares. The important facilities provided in the market yard by the APMC are 1. Compound wall
28
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Vegetable market shed Shopping center Godowns Canteen Weighbridge Co-operative bank Farmers rest house
Important agricultural commodities arriving in the market yard are groundnut, wheat, maize and onion. There are 1796 market functionaries functioning here. The number of commission agents engaged in business is 55. The particulars of traders are 1. 2. 3. A class traders B class traders C class traders 103 94 802
The annual turnover of the APMC for the year 2002-03 is Rs.277.00 crores. APMC Sinner Sinner is a taluka headquarters in Nasik district. This is just one kilometer away from Nasik Pune State highway. Nearest railway station is Nasik road which is 20 kms away from Sinner. APMC Sinner was established on 27.01.1956. The
market yard of the APMC extends to 7.00 hectares. four submarkets. 1. Wavi -
This APMC has established
1.4 hac
29
2. 3. 4.
Nandur Dodi Pandhurli
1.4 hac 1.4 hac 1.20 hac
The major commodities arriving in the market yards are onion, wheat, bajra, hram, soyabean and vegetables.
Farmers have been provided the following facilities by the market committee in the market yards.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Compound wall Farmers rest house Sale hall Cattle shed Auction platform Canteen Tomato shed Weigh bridge Shopping center
In all 1854 market functionaries are operating in the market yard. There are 55 commission agents and the particulars of traders are as under
1. 2. 3.
194 162 485
The total turn over of one market for the year 2002-03 is Rs.16.02 crores. 30
APMC Yeola Yeola is a taluka headquarters in Nasik district. Nearest highway is
Ahamadnagar Manamad and there is a railway station at yeola. The APMC was established on 12.03.1955. hectares. The main market is having an area of 10.00
This market committee has only one sub-market at Andersul having The important crops cultivated in the hinterland of The
an area of 4.70 hectares.
the market are wheat, gram, green gram, onion, bajra and vegetables.
market committee has provided the following facilities for the benefit of market users.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Canteen Farmers rest house Weight bridge Projection T.V Compound wall Auction plat form Drinking water facility International roads
There are 84 market functionaries operating in the market yard out of which 7 are commission agents. The details of traders are
1. 2.
A class traders B class traders
106 15
31
3.
C class traders
52
The turnover of the market for the year 2002-03 was Rs.36.30 crores. APMC Dindori Dindori is a taluka headquarters in Nasik district. 05.01.199. The APMC was established on This committee
The extent of main market yard is 1.24 hectares.
has established a sub-market at Vani.
The area of sub-market yard is 1.22
hectares. The important facilities available in the main market yard are
1. 2. 3. 4.
Drinking water Compound wall Sale hall Weigh bridge The number of
There are 334 market functionaries trading in this market.
commission agents is 46 and the particular of the traders is as under. 1. 2. 3. A class B class C class 87 78 118
The important crops grown in the market area are onion, paddy, bajara and wheat. The annual turnover of the market for the year 2002-03 is Rs.14.44 crores.
32
APMC Pimpal Gaon Basvani This market is situated in Niphad taluka of Nasik district. The APMC Pimpalgaon Baswant was established on 01.01.1996. The market is having an area of 2.66
hectares. The market committee has established four sub-markets viz; 1. 2. 3. 4. Saikheada Ozar Kasabesukene Palkhed 5-10 hac 2.24 hac 3.07 hac 1.82 hac
The market committee has provided the following amenities in the main market yard for the benefit of farmers. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Canteen Sale hall Weigh bridge Projection T.V Cattle shed Drinking water Internal roads Electrification
The total number of market functionaries operating in this market yard are 1656, out of which 128 are commission agents. given below; 1. 2. A class traders B class traders 1065 5 The details of trader category are
33
3.
C class traders
The total
This market mainly deals with onion, tomato, vegetables and maize. turn of the market during 2002-03 was Rs.169.28 crores.
APMC Surgana Surgana is a taluka headquarters in Nasik district. established on 27.03.2003. This market committee was
The extent of main market yard at Surgana is 1.30
hac. Since this is a new market established very recently the market committee is making all out efforts to provide required facilities for one wholesale marketing of agricultural commodities. are 1. 2. 3. 4. Drinking water Godown Electricity Telephone The facilities available for the users of this market
The major commodities transacted at this market are narar, paddy, wheat and tur. The annual turnover of the market for the year 2002-03 is Rs.2.49 crores.
APMC Reforms
The State of Maharashtra has carried out major reforms in APMC Act. A major step in this direction was the decision to allow the setting up of a private market on the lines of the NDDBs modern market for fruits and vegetables in the State 34
outside the purview of the APMC Act. The amendment was made in April 2003. Similarly other reforms like allowing of Direct Marketing through establishment of Farmers Markets or Shetkari Bazaars, exempting exporters and processors from procurement without paying market fees or cess, E-trading single license for operating in the State on a case by case basis (under existing law until amendment pending with the Government is approved) etc. have been carried out. Since then a number of amendments have been approved by the State Cabinet. These amendments are in conformity with major recommendations in the draft Model Act circulated by the Government of India. This includes
adoption of a model contract agreement and acceptance of contract farming in the State. All these amendments have already had an impact on the marketing system in the State and in the coming years they will revolutionize the present marketing system in the State for the better. Service Providers and Logistics The APMC has set up a number of service facilities on its market premises such as bank, post office, cafeteria, rest house etc. IT has made provision for setting up of transportation support services on market premises. 1. Farmer The farmers brings his produce in tractor /truck /tempo /jeep to the market. The vehicle is either owned by the farmer or rented. Some commission agents
working in villages provide credit or advance to some farmers and tie up with the farmer for marketing of their harvest. Many a times, they have long standing 35
relationship with the producer. Mainly the vegetables are generally brought in to the market in loose form and the trader arranges for sorting, grading and packing at the market. In case of high value and sensitive fruits, besides loose transport, a number of farmers have started transportation after packing in cartons. In case of tomatoes a number of progressive farmers pack graded fruits in plastic crates before sending to the market. 2. Transport Fruit & Vegetables transport is mainly by road. The freight costs for transport to New Delhi is quoted at Rs 7000 per and to Mumbai market Rs 1800 to 2000 per truck load of 9 to 10 MT. The produce when it comes to the Nasik market from the farmer comes in small loads of few quintals to 100 to 200 quintals for the most part. Few large farmers send their produce in truck loads, 8 to 10 tons capacity.
The average distance that the produce travels before reaching the market is between 5 to 20 km. The cost of transportation in jeep or tempo is reported as Rs 0.10 per kg. And the travel time from production area to wholesale market is between 30 minutes to 1 hr in most instances. Occasionally when produce
travels 100 km or 150 km the travel time would be 2 to 3 hours.
36
3. Train Transport: Nasik is well connected by rail with other markets and consumption centers within the State and outside the State. Produce such as Grapes and sometimes onion are dispatched by train and produce such as Apples and Potato are received at Nasik. However, generally, fruits and vegetables are not shipped by train. During the season few loads of Grapes are being sent to distant markets such as Calcutta and New Delhi. The produce reaches the markets in 24 or 48 hours. 4. Pack-House: There are more than 100 pack houses in Nasik today. A typical pack-house
includes a pre-cooling unit and a cold storage, with a capacity of 4 tons per 6 hour and 50 MT, respectively. Almost all pack-houses are used during the
season to export fresh table Grapes. The total cold storage capacity of these pack-houses is estimated to be around 5000 MT. Besides there are some
commercial cold storages in the private sector in the Nasik area. They have an estimated storage capacity of 40000 MT. The commercial cold storages are used to store a number of perishables such as seasonal fruits, vegetables and for most part dry goods such as potato, chilly etc. The utilization of cold storage fairly high at 70 % in commercial cold storages and at a low of 25 to 30 % in seasonal cold storages used for export of fresh Grapes.
37
5. Supply to Export and Domestic markets Onion is the largest exported vegetable from the country today. Last year nearly 7 lakh MT of onion was exported valued at an estimated Rs 500 crore. Of the total onion exports it is reported that nearly 70 % of all exports takes place from Maharashtra and 70 % of Maharashtra exports from Nasik. During the past year an estimated 400 container loads of fresh Grapes (approximately 6000 MT) were exported from the Nasik region. Pomegranate is another important fruit that is exported from Nasik in fairly large amounts. The same pre-cooling cum cold storage units that are used for export of fresh Grapes is used for this purpose also. It is estimated that nearly 1500 MT of Pomegranates were exported from Nasik region during the past year. In case of fresh Grapes a portion of export grade produce is directly sourced from Nasik market. Whereas most quantity of onion for exports is directly sourced from Nasik markets.
Nasik is the main source of a number of fruits and vegetables for many of the key domestic markets in the country and the State. Major markets within the State like Mumbai, Nagpur, Pune, Aurangabad and Kolhapur receives fresh Grapes, Pomegranates and Onions during the season. Besides, distant consumer markets such as New Delhi, Calcutta, Ahmedabad, Bangalore, Chennai and Hyderabad also receive produce from Nasik during the season.
38
CHAPTER - IV PROBLEMS IN EXISTING SYSTEM As per existing APMC Act only notified commodities can be traded by licensed traders in notified area with the payment of fees under regulatory framework of agriculture produce market committee (APMC). No commodity can be traded and no transactions can take place without payment of market fees to APMC by any means. As such, the markets dont play a pro-active role in attracting Since most of the
produce or in facilitating the farmers to organize logistics.
farmers are small and marginal, they are in the hands of intermediaries as they get little information for price and are subjected to exploitation. By restricting
marketing to the notified market yards only, it has created an environment of regulation and monopoly of existing traders and other traders are prohibited by artificial entry. Therefore, it is necessary to create a market place, which works, in its natural form where large number of buyers and large number of sellers participate in transactions and decide price without monopoly of any single community with total transparency.
Designing and Planning of existing Market has not been efficiency linked and quality driven. Inside the market the land use pattern is faulty.
Spaces allocated to marketing activities are quite enormous, while parking in circulation area either openly ignored or uncrossed open. Designs of
39
the shops and godowns are not functional utility oriented and cultural friendly. This results into overall inadequacy of space in the market for handling per metric ton. Facilities to handle the produce and adding the
value to the commodity as well as extending shelf-life are either inadequate or non-existing. Management of facilities and infrastructure within the market yard happens to be extremely poor. Uncontrolled and wild way of utilization
of space and size of the market by traders or service providers create extreme congestion in fruits and vegetable markets. Chaos is a common phenomenon at trading places in fruits and vegetables since there is no single centralized auction system. Traders often organize auctions at
various places in a haphazard manner and in a un sequential order. This creates unnecessarily excessive user population pressure on market, which creates unhygienic condition in the market. This discourages the civilized and educated people to go to market and participate in the business. The scenario of congestion, Chaos and unhygienic condition is
apparently reflected just on entry gate of the market.
There is hardly any facility / infrastructure on post harvest handling, assembling, sorting, grading, packing, transportation, quality certification, palatization, labeling, pre-cooling, cold-store, ripening chambers and exports, in fruits and vegetables markets. Banana is still ripened in a
40
traditional manner with smoke, heat and carbide, which is hazardous to health. In such situation we are not in a position to export banana to Other countries. Neither is there a common facility for sorting-grading
nor at farm level, hence growers undertake these activities at individual level and in a traditional/conventional manner. This results in high level
of damages and waste of the produce. On one hand it creates problems in the market place while on the other hand post harvest losses are direct loss to the farmer and national economy.
Another
important
problem
existing in the system is of many
intermediaries handling the produce at different levels before it reaches the consumer. This results in reducing quality by multiple handling,
extends the ultimate period of consumption and decreases growers share in consumer rupee. Therefore, reduction in the level of intermediaries
and handling chain is essential. The present system does not cope up with cultural change, technological advancements and professional expectation of different stakeholders. IT applications have opened various dimensions for networking of backward and forward linkages, which will ensure transparency and efficiency. With opening of service sector there are numerous opportunities for collaborative arrangements with banking institutions, insurance, logistic providers etc., which presently not in practice in any APMC market.
41
CHAPTER V
PERCEPTION OF STAKEHOLDERS AND SURVEY RESULTS It is very essential to study the local conditions prevailing in Nasik region before developing the Modern Terminal Market for fruits and vegetable market. It is also very necessary to know the various crops cultivated in the hinterland of one market. The present marketing practices of the farmers, their mode of
transportation, generally the distance farmers travel to sell their produce, problems faced at the existing market yards, opinion of the farmers to use the proposed terminal market and lastly the convenient location of the newly proposed market are to be considered. A survey was conducted by contacting the farmers of all the blocks of Nasik district. The survey team visited the sample villages and elicited information
from the farmers. A schedule was designed for this purpose and pilot study was conducted. Based on the pilot study the schedule was redesigned. Sample sizes were the three markets in Nasik region. 1. 2. 3. Pimpalgaon Nasik Lasalgaon
42
The major stakeholders of the market are farmers, traders and exporters/ processors. It is very essential to know the opinion of all these above
stakeholders of the market regarding quantum of arrivals coming to market, their views about proposed terminal market, their willingness to make use of the market once it is ready for operation and most important of all, which is the most convenient site for the development for planning and designing of the proposed new terminal market. With the main object of knowing the views of the major
stakeholders a sample size of ten local traders, five traders who are dealing with outside state markets was considered. traders were interviewed with schedule. Thus, from each market a total of 15 A total of 30 local traders and 15 Similarly, the
traders dealing with the outside the market was taken up.
research investigators interviewed 10 farmers from each block of NAFED, Nasik, Chandwad, Sinnar and Dindori. With regard to the staff 3 officials of
Pimpalgaon, Nasik and Lasalgaon markets were interviewed to know their opinion. The data collected by the research investigators has been analyzed and the results are presented in the following paragraphs. Table - 1 Pattern of Cultivation According to Size of Holding Size of % of Holding responFruits (Acre) dents 0-3 13 Grapes 3-5 18 Grapes Commodities Grown Vegetables Onion, Tomato, Brinjal, Cabbage, Lady Finger & Others Tomato, Brinjal, Cabbage, Lady Finger, 43
Capsicum, Garlic & Others 5-10 10 Above 43 26 Grapes, Onion, Tomato, Brinjal, Cabbage, Lady Finger, Pomegranate Capsicum, Garlic & Others Grapes, Onion, Tomato, Brinjal, Cabbage, Coriander, Pomegranate Lady Finger, Capsicum, Garlic & Others
As per the table one reveals that 43% of farmers are having holding size of 5 to 10 acres and 26% of farmers are having the holding size of more than 10 acres. it is important to note that 69% of farmers in the study are having more than five acres of cultivable land and are engaged in both fruits and vegetables cultivation. The percentage of farmers having a holding size up to three acres is 13 and that of 3 to 5 acres is 18. The farmers whose size of holding is up to 5 acres are only growing grapes where as farmers having a holding size above 5 acres are cultivating both grapes and pomegranate. The survey clearly reveals
that all most all the farmers of the study are cultivating vegetables like onion, tomato, brinjal, cabbage, ladies fingers etc. Only big orchard owners possessing more than five acres of land are growing both grapes and pomegranate, but irrespective of the size of holding whether they are small or big all are cultivating vegetables. Table - 2
Present trend in selling commodities by farmers

Size of Holding (Acre) 0-3 3-5 Commodity Type Fruits Vegetables Fruits Vegetables % Share Local Market 20 100 20 100 Other Market 80 0 80 0
44
5-10 10 - Above
Fruits Vegetables Fruits Vegetables
10 80 20 80
90 20 80 20
It could be seen from table 2 that farmers having a holding size up to five acres are marketing 20 % of their fruits in the domestic market and selling 80 % through outside market. Whereas big farmers having an area above 5 acres are marketing 10% of their fruits in domestic market and remaining in out side markets. The farmers having larger holdings are selling 80% of vegetables in domestic markets and are sending 20% production for sale out side markets. It is very important to note that big farmers are selling only 10 to 20 % fruits in local markets and are dispatching 80 to 90 % fruits to outside markets for sale. The survey clearly reveals that big farmers having larger holdings have developed contacts with other markets and are dispatching fruits and small quantities of vegetables to outside markets. The marketing of fruits in the local market by big farmers is only 10 to 20 %. This fact indicates that grapes,
pomegranates and onion could be dispatched to out side state markets directly from collection centers. The fruits and vegetables assembled at the collection centers need not again be brought to terminal market instead it could directly be dispatched to the consumer market. This enables to reduce our unnecessary transportation cost. Table - 3
Level of Marketable Surplus / Supplies of Farmers Size

Size of Holding (acre) % of Average Turnover (Qntl)
45
0-3 3-5 5-10 10 - Above
Respon dents 13 18 43 26
Daily 1 2 5 10
Monthly 20 50 60 190-200
Annual 160 430 480 1500
A critical analysis of table 3 indicates that small farmers having holding size up to 3 acres, which are 13%, have a marketable surplus of one quintal daily, 20 quintals monthly and 160 quintals annually. The farmers having holding size of 3 to 5 acres who are 18 % have a daily marketable surplus of 2 quintals daily, 50 quintals monthly and 430 quintals annually. The marketable surplus of 43 % of farmers having an area of 5 to 10 acres is 5 quintals daily, 60 quintals monthly and 480 quintals annually. Big farmers having holding size of above 10 acres have a marketable surplus 10 quintals daily, 190 to 200 quintals monthly and 1500 quintals annually.
Table - 4 Average Distance Covered to Sell Produce

Size of Holding 0-3 3-5 5-10 10 - Above % of Respondents 13 18 43 26 Average Distance (Km) 1-30 1-40 1-200 1-1700
Table 4 clearly indicates that small farmers having the holding size up to 5 acres travel a distance up to 40 Kms. to market their produce. Whereas 43 % of 46
farmers having a holding size of 5 to 10 acres travel a distance up to 200 Kms. to reach the market place. The distance traveled by 26 % of farmers having a holding size of more than 10 acres is even up to 1700 Kms. The big farmers who have developed good contacts with distant markets are taking their produce to far off place in search of higher price and more income.
Table - 5
Mode of Transport by Distance Size of Holding 0-3 3-5 5-10 10 Above % of Respondents 13 18 43 26 Average Distance (Km) 1-30 1-40 1-200 1-1700 Mode Tractor Trolley, Bullock cart, Tempo, Bus Tractor Trolley, Bullock cart, Tempo LMV, Tractor Trolley Truck, Tractor Trolley, LMV
Table five gives details of the mode of transport used by the farmers to move their produce to markets for sale. It could be seen that the common mode of transport is tractor trolley. acres use bullock cart. Farmers having a holding size of less than three
Medium farmers having an area of 3 to 4 acres use
tractor trolley, bullock cart and tempo. Medium and big farmers use LMV and trucks to transport fruits and vegetables to distant markets. Table - 6 Alternate Market There is need to develop alternate market There is no need to develop alternate market 99.99% 0.01%
47
The survey team approached the farmers to know their opinion about the development of modern new terminal market for fruits and vegetables. it is very important to note that 99.99 % of farmers are in favor of development of modern fruits and vegetables terminal market. The farmers have responded
very positively for the development of a modern terminal market.
Table - 7 Problems Faced in the Existing Market

1. Transportation. 2. Traders cheat us. 3. Facility to stand somewhere when auction is happening. 4. Sanitation. 5. Payment problem. 6. Storage facility. 7. Adequate price. 8. Grade Standardization. 9. Packaging material is too costly.
The main reason why the farmers are in favor of development of new modern terminal market for fruits and vegetables is that they are not getting adequate price in the markets for their produce. Traders cheat them and farmers are facing the problem of payment.
48
The other major problems encountered by the farmers in the existing markets are transportation, sanitation, storage, grading and
standardization.
Most of the farmers opined that they are not finding
place in the market to stand while the auction is conducted. Few farmers said that the packing material supplied to them is very costly.
Table - 8
Opinion of the Farmers For Using the Proposed Market

S.No. 1. 2. 3. 4. Opinion Like to sell produce in proposed market Not sell produce in the proposed market Expected average distance likely to be covered Percentage of commodities, farmers willing to sell in alternate market. Percentage 99.99% 0.01% 35 (Km. Average) 100%
A critical analysis of table 8 above clearly indicates that 99.99% of farmers have given their willingness to sell fruits and vegetables in the new proposed market. They have also indicated that they are even ready to travel a distance up to 35 Kms. to reach the proposed market. This aspect is to be taken care by the
planers to see that the new proposed terminal market is within this limit for maximum number of farmers.
49
Table - 9 Order of Preference for CCs: (Refer to the table 7 of traders survey conclusion) Table - 10
Selection of Site
S.No. Site Name Order of preference I II III Percentage of respondents 80 30 5 0 5 100% audience proffered this site, but were not aware of this location.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Nafed Site at pimpalgaon HAL Ojhar Mundagaon Igatpuri Nafed Complex Lasangaon Pipalgaon - Chinchkhed Road
A perusal of table 10 reveals that 80 % of farmers are in favor of establishing new terminal market at NAFED site at Pimpalgaon. Only 30 % of farmers have preferred HAL Ozar site. Hardly 5 % respondents have opined as a second alternative site for HAL Ozar. Only 5% have selected Nafed comples Lasalgaon as a third preference but 100% of farmers have given their consent for Pimpalgaon, Chinchkhed Road site. Farmers when approached expressed their willingness for this site and informed the survey team that they were totally unaware of this site. All the farmers of the region are in favor of establishing the new modern terminal market at Pimpalgaon, Chinchkhed Road site
50
TRADERS SURVEY CONCLUSION Table - 1 Per trader Average Quantity Handled and Annual Turn Over Size of Quantity (Qntl) 0-100 101-500 501-1000 1001-5000 5001-10000 10001 Above % of respondents 10 20 10 20 10 30 Average turnover (Rs.) Fruits 200000 1000000 3000000 15000000 10000000 10000000 Vegetables 18000 36000 12000 24000 24000 72000
The critical analysis of table 1 reveals that 30% of traders are handling more than 10,000 quintals of produce worth Rs. 1 Crore of fruits and Rs. 72,000 worth vegetables per annum. Another 10 % are handling 5,000 to 10,000 quintals worth Rs. 1 Crore fruits and vegetables worth Rs. 24,000. The percentage of
traders dealing 1,000 to 5,000 quintals per annum is 20. The turnover of 10 percent traders is in the range of 501 to 1,000 quintals per year. Ten percent traders handle hardly 100 quintals per year worth Rs. 2 Lacs of fruits and Rs. 18,000 worth vegetables.
51
Table 2
Commodity Wise Arrival and Hinter Land as Trader Receive S.No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Name of commodity Onion Grapes Pomegranate Water Melon Other Vegetable Area 80 Km 30 Km 40 Km 900 Km 30 Km
Onion, grapes, pomegranate, watermelon and other vegetables are the important fruits and vegetables which are grown in this region. Generally vegetables come to market from distance of 30 Kms. The survey has revealed that watermelon arrives to market from a far of distance of 900 Kms. Onion arrives from a distance of 80 Kms radius, Vegetables in the radius of 30 Kms Grapes in radius of 30 Kms. As such it could be seen that the hinterland of the market is spread from 30 Kms. to 900 Kms.
Table - 3 Selling Pattern of Commodities By Traders S.No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Commodity Name Onion Grapes Pomegranate Water Melon Other Vegetable Local Market (in %) 0 10 20 100 20 Other Market (in %) 100 90 80 0 80
52
A perusal of table 3 indicates that onion grown in the hinterland is not marketed in the local market, but it dispatched to outside markets for sale. Hardly, 10 % of grapes are sold in the local domestic market and the remaining 90% is sent outside. Same is the case with pomegranate, where only 20% is sold in the local market and the balance 80 % is exported to other outside markets. The only fruit, which is sold in the local market, is watermelon. 100% of the production is sold in the domestic market.
Table - 4
Dispatch Pattern of Commodity from Nasik Region S.No. 1 2 3 Commodity Name Fruits Other Vegetables Onion % of Commodity dispatched to Within Within Outside Total District State State 10 10 80 100 20 0 36 20 44 80 100 100
A critical analysis of the table 4 shows that 80% of fruits are sent outside state markets for sale. Only 10 % of fruits are sold within the district and another 10% within the sate. As far as vegetables are concerned, 20% are sold within the district and 36% within the state and remaining 44 % outside the state. It is pertinent to know that 80 % of Onion is dispatched outside Maharashtra for sale and only 20% is sold within the state. It is clear that 80% of fruits and onion
53
grown in this region are dispatched to other markets outside the state of Maharashtra.
Problems faced by the traders in present structure of markets

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Non-graded Material. Transportation Problem to Mumbai. Sanitation. Theft, Unauthorized persons and animals. Water problem, cleanness. Insufficient space. Creates traffic problem for neighboring locality. Too much of dust. Political party intervention.
Table - 5
10. Lack of quality produce, and quality awareness. 11. Private and competitive Banks required. The survey team had detailed discussion with the traders, commission agents and exporters, processors, statisticians and other market functionaries regarding the problems encountered by them in the present market while performing the business. All the market functionaries whom the survey team approached
responded well and with an open mind explained their problems. A perusal of the table 5 indicates that traders complain of absence of grading activity in the market. Mumbai. The traders are also facing the problem of arranging transport to The survey team was appraised by the traders about the water
problem, cleanliness, theft, unauthorized persons and animals, sanitation, too 54
much of dust. One of the major complaints was about the non-availability grading produce and quality awareness. The traders also insisted the facility of private banks. Table - 6 Opinions About Need To Develop Alternate Market Other Than APMC Market 1 2 3 4 5. % of respondents says yes % of respondents says No % of respondents who would like to sell their produce in Modern Terminal Market Expected distance which can he covered by farmers according to traders Average % commodity willing to trade in proposed market by traders 90% 10% 100% 75 Km 100%
When enquired about their opinion on the development of a new modern fruits and vegetable terminal market, 90 % of the traders replied in favour of the proposal. Only 10% of respondents said that they were contented with the
present market. However all the 100% traders expressed their willingness to make use of the new terminal market once it is developed. Traders were of the opinion that farmers might not hesitate to travel a distance up to 75 Kms. to reach the new terminal market but may be reluctant to travel more than 75 Kms. to reach the market.
55
Table 7 Order of Preference Given by Trader for Opening Collection Centers Sl.No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Nifad Sinnar Chandori Nandgam Koparagaon Kalvan Pimpalgaon Lasangaon Dindori Satana Ojhar Vani Ugaho Khedgaon Name
The order of preference suggested by the interviewed traders is 1) Nafed 2) Sinnar 3) Chandori 4) Nandgaon 5) Kopargaon 6) Kalvan 7) Pimpalgaon 8) Lasalgaon 9) Dindori 10) Satana 11) Ozar 12) vani 13) Ugaho and 14) Khedgaon
56
Table - 8
Opinion About Collection Centers By Traders

Within Nashik District Within 75 100 Kms. Entire Maharashtra Outside State Within State commodity specific 98% 2% 0 0 0
It is crystal clear from the observation of table 8 that all the traders desire that the new terminal market be situated within Nasik district. 98% of traders have opted for the establishment of terminal market within Nasik district and only 2 % have said that it could be any where within the radius of 75 to 100 Kms. Table - 9 Order of Preference for Selection of Site Sl.No. Site Name I 1. 2. 3. Nafed Site at pimpalgaon HAL Ojhar 90 5 80 15 Order of Preference II % of respondents III
Mundagaon 0 0 0 Igatpuri 4. Nafed Complex 5 80 15 Lasangaon Audience from Officials and vendors were only aware of the below site. 5. Pimpalgaon 95 0 0 Chinchkhed Road A critical observation of table 9 indicates that 90 % of traders are in favor of Nafed site at Pimpalgaon. The second alternative is HAL- Ozar site (80%). The third preference of the traders is Nafed Complex Lasalgaon. However, the staff 57
of vendors, institutions and local vendors have proposed a totally new site at Pimpalgaon Chinchkhed road. 95% of staff and vendors have recommended this new site. Opinion about the model and concept of proposed market Table - 10 Sl.No. 1. 2. Large scale distribution centers Wholesale cum retail % of respondents 100 0
The figures presented at table 10 above indicate that the traders are in favour of establishment of a large-scale distribution center. They have not opted for a wholesale cum retail market. The traders desire that a mega terminal market for wholesale trade be developed in this region. Table - 11 Suggestions Offered 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Sitting place for buyers at auction time Food canteen for labors Banking hours should be increased. Locker facility in banks should be introduced. Procedure to see samples by hand should be introduced. Packing material awareness Arrange tours of traders and farmers to various farm fields / Developing country. Radiation technology should be on trolley rather than gunny bag. Need to change labor laws. Same rate of Hamal traders. Traders should be included in advisory committee to government where fluctuation in onion market can be forecast. 58
The contacted traders have offered suggestions, which are presented in table 11. It could be seen from this table that the traders demand locker facility in banks, which increased banking hours. They suggest that the radiation technology A suggestion also has come
should be on trolley rather than gunny bags.
regarding awareness regarding packing material. The farmers have expressed their desire to proceed on study tour to important fruits and vegetable markets to know the recent development in other parts of the country. They are keen to visit some of the developing countries outside India to study the developments.
Some of the other suggestions regarding sitting place for buyers at auction time, canteen facility for laborers have also been given hastily. The traders have
emphasized on giving them a representation in the advisory committee to be constituted by Government to review the price fluctuations and forecasting of price. SURVEY REPORT OF OFFICIALS 1. Approximate of hinterland area with quantity and monthly turnover Table - 1 Lasalgaon Market Sl.No. Commodity Name Onion Area App. Qty. Received in the mkt. 30,000 Qtl
Nashik, Ahamednagar, Jalgaon, Dhule
59
2 3
Tomato Grapes
45980 Qtl 8151 Qtl
In the market area of Lasalgaon onion, tomato, and grapes are extensively cultivated. Onion is cultivated in Nasik, Ahamednagar, Jalgaon and Dhule areas. The quantity of onion arriving to this market daily is 30,000 quintals. The tomato arrivals are to the tune of 45,980 quintals. quintals of grapes. Table 2 Lasalgaon market receives 8151
Pimpalgaon Market
Sl.No. Commodity Name Area App Qty Received in the mkt. 3214152 Monthly Turnover
Onion
Kalvan, Sinnar, Yewala, Chandwad, Nifad, Dindori, ANagar, Other District Yewala, Chandwad, Nifad Nifad Nifad
16169
2 3 4
Tomato Grapes Kismis
1064807 1977 61781
4388 14 3608
In the market area of Pimpalgaon onion is grown extensively in Kalvan, Sinnar, Yeola, Chandvad, Nifad, Dindori and Ahamednagar. The arrivals of onion to this market is 32,14,152 quintals. Tomato is cultivated at Yeola, Chandvad and Nifad. The arrivals are 10,64,807 quintals. It could be seen that Pimpalgaon market is known for the heavy arrivals of onion and
60
tomato. The other two important commodities arriving to this market are grapes and kismis. The exact arrivals and corresponding quantities are furnished in the table 2. Table 3 Nasik Market Sl.No. 1 2 3 4 Commodity Name Watermelon Pomegranate Grapes Apple Area Karnataka Nashik District Local Delhi App Qty Received in the mkt. 60 MT 200 MT 15 MT 25 MT Monthly Turnover
The main fruits arriving to this market are watermelon, pomegranate, grapes and apple. Watermelon comes from Karnataka and Apple comes from Delhi.
Pomegranate is grown in Nasik district.
2. Zone of Influence Marketwise
Table - 4
Lasalgaon Market Sl. No. 1 2 3 Commodity Name Onion Tomato Grapes Local Market 8-20 Km 20-50 AveKm rage Km 30% 70% 50 Qty Other Market 820-50 Aver 20 Km age Km Km Qty
61
Lasalgaon market receives 30 % of onion arrivals from the radius of 8 to 20 Kms. The remaining 70 % of onion comes from a radius of 20 to 50 Kms. Thus, it is clear from table 4 that the hinterland of Lasalgaon market has a radius of 8 Kms. to 50 Kms. Table - 5 Pimpalgaon Market
Sl. No. Commodity Name 8-20 Km Local Market 20-50 Km Average Km 1 2 3 4 Onion Tomato Grapes Pomegranate 35% 40% 40% 60% 65% 60% 60% 40% Qty Other Market 8-20 Km 20-50 Km Aver age Km Qty
In this market 35% of onion arrivals are from a radius of 8 to 20 Kms. and 65 % of arrivals are from a radius of 20 to 50 Kms. With regard to tomato, 40%
arrivals come from a radius of 8 to 20 Kms. and the balance 60 % from a radius of 20 to 50 Kms. It is the case with grapes also. In case of pomegranate 60% of arrivals are from a radius of 8 to 20 Kms. and the remaining 40% from a radius of 20 to 50 K.m.
62
Table - 6 Sl. N o. Commodity Name Nasik Market Local Market Qty 820 Km 1 2 3 4 Watermelon Pomegranate Grapes Apple 80% 20% 100 % 1100 20-50 Km Ave rage Km Other Market 8-20 Km 2050 Km Ave rage Km Qty
In this market 80% of pomegranate arrivals are from a radius of 8 to 20 Kms. and 20% of arrivals are from a radius of 20 to 50 Kms. And in Grapes, 100% arrivals come from a radius of 8 to 20 Kms, while inapples 100% of arrivals are from other markets. 3. Flow Pattern of Commodities Table - 7 Arrivals Sl.No. 1 2 3 4 5 Commodity Name Onion Grapes Pomegranate Water Melon Other Vegetable Local Market (in %) 0 10 20 100 20 Other Market (in %) 100 90 80 0 80
63
The perusal of table 7 indicates that 100% onion arrivals from outside markets. Grape also is receiving from other markets only. 80 % of pomegranate comes from outside markets. Only watermelon comes from local markets. In case of vegetables 80% comes from other markets and the remaining 20 % comes from local markets.
Table - 8
Sl.No. Dispatch Pattern % of Commodity dispatched to Commodity Name Within District 1 2 3 Fruits Other Vegetables Onion 10 20 0 Within State 10 36 20 Outside State 80 44 80 Total 100 100 100
It is indicated from table 8 that 80% fruits are dispatched to outside Maharashtra for sale. Only 10 % are sold within Maharashtra and balance 10% within the district markets. In case of vegetables, 20% is sold within the district and 36 % within Maharashtra and the balance 44 % outside the state markets. As far as onion is concerned 80% is sold outside the state markets and remaining 20 % within Maharashtra state. Table - 9 Need to Develop CCs % of respondents says Yes % of respondents says No
1 2
100% 0%
64
Observations of table 9 show that 100% of the respondents are in favour of developing collection centers in the market area. With regard to the selection of location for the establishment of collection centers the views of the staff and that of traders are identical. CCs Location: Refer to table 7 of Traders Survey Conclusion Table 10 Selection of Site or Location (Refer to table 10 of traders survey conclusion) Sl.No. Site Name I 1. 2. 3. 4. Nafed Site at Pimpalgaon HAL Ojhar Mundagaon Igatpuri Nafed Complex Lasangaon 90 5 0 5 80 0 80 15 0 15 Order of preference II III % Of respondents
Audience from Officials and vendors were only aware of the below site. 5. Pimpalgaon Chinchkhed Road 95 0 0
Here again the staff of various marketing organizational functioning in the study area is of the opinion that the most ideal site for the proposed terminal market is Pimpalgaon- Chinchkhed road site.
65
Table 11 Opinion about the Model and Concept of Proposed Market Sl.No. 1. 2. Large scale distribution centers Wholesale cum retail % of respondents 100 0
It could be seen from the opinion expressed at table 11, that even the staff of various marketing institutions, engaged in the market are also desire that a large scale distribution center should be developed. wholesale cum retail market. They are not in favor of a
66
CHAPTER VI PROPOSED CONCEPT FOR MARKET
The proposed Terminal Market at Nasik will provide a mega scale collection and sale market of agricultural produce, at a convenient location, near major areas of production. This market will be equipped with state-of-art facilities at par with contemporary International standards to focus on substantial growth in the production, export and modernization of trade. It will be developed on a concept of chain management where complete backward and forward linkage from farmers to the consumers will be established. The market will be equipped with cool chain , electronic grading, central electronic auction, ripening chambers, color vision system, quality station, spot commodity trading, laboratory for testing and certification, total banking support, electronic display boards for auction, cash spot payment through ATMs to the growers, one stop shopping for input, agri-clinic and extension services, information kiosk, with some free products on weather insurance, Life insurance, animal health insurance, and Concessional educational loan facility etc. that will benefit the growers, traders and consumers and also encourage growers for increased production. Location and Land: The proposed site is an area of approximately 100 acres, located off the National Highway No.3. It is at a distance of approx. 21 kms from Nasik, at the Ojhar 67
Village near the HAL factory. The site is a linear piece of land, which is relatively flat with very little vegetation. On the North Western side of the site is the National Highway No.3 whereas towards the North Eastern side is a road, which also forms the site boundary. On the South West side of the site is the Hindustan Aeronautical Limited (HAL) residential zone whereas towards the West, across NH-3, is the HAL factory. This site is suitable for a Terminal Market facility, because of the following advantages:
Accessibility: The location of the site off the National Highway No.3 establishes its connectivity and linkages to surrounding areas, as this highway connects Nasik to Aurangabad. The site is well connected and easily accessible from the surrounding areas and distant places of production. The proposed market will, therefore, be accessible from growing areas at all the times and will have fairly good linkages.
Produce from surrounding areas of Lasalgaon, Challisgaon, Malegaon, etc i.e. the Northeastern part of Maharashtra can be brought here. Also Nasik, as an urban center, lies in close proximity.
68
Facilities: All the public utilities like electricity, communication, water, etc are currently available in the near vicinity and the same facilities could be expanded / increased for the proposed market. A provision can be made for Water Harvesting. Site Conditions: The terrain of the site is relatively flat. Therefore, the construction will be economical.
Architectural Services
As the concept of Terminal Market is developed first time with all modern infrastructure and integration with all modern infrastructure and integration of backward forward linkages, it was desirable to consolidate opinion of expert architects. Therefore NIAM contacted Karnataka State Marketing Board and
procured list of NDDB empanelled Architects for recently proposed markets at Mumbai, Hyderabad etc, as well as the Architects who designed Safal Market Bangalore. After having detailed discussion with numerous architects, following
two were short listed and job was assigned to both os that two optional models are developed:-
69
1. 2.
M/s M/s
PTK Architects Chennai Khandekar Consultants Pune
Both the Architects submitted their proposal. same. Architectural designs little differ. one can be accepted.
Cost estimates of both are almost
Therefore, out of these two options,
These designs are based on HAL Ojhar site base.
However, the same could be applicable on other sites also. The conceptual design broadly proposing Allocation to use of space Circulation and movement patterns Architectural Elements and Structural System Utility and service distribution
Following objectives have been considered while designing 1. To facilitate smooth and safe traffic flow, the following were considered 2. Segregation Queuing and holding areas Sizing of road
To ensure efficient and unhindered movement of men and material, the following were considered.
70
3.
Elimination of cross movement Protected pedestrian area Orientation
To provide a secure working environment free of unauthorized activities, the following were considered. Identify security zones Locate check points
4.
To provide a comfortable working environment conforming to the best health and safety standards, the following were considered. Good Ventilation Good Lighting Good Sanitation Good Waste material disposal method
5.
To optimize construction costs and reduce construction time, the following were considered. Design and selection of structural system
6.
To incorporate flexibility, upgrade ability and expandability into design, the following were considered. Material specifications Modular space planning Utility system design
71
7.
To create Zero waste facility, the following are proposed. Solid Waste Power Generation Direct benefit Vermiculation or composting sell back to farmer. back cycle. Waste Water Recycling and reuse Flushing, Gardening and cooling water for power plant Complete feed
And Market should be plastic free zone. Layout and Design of Market Complex: The major activity of this market will be handling of large-scale produce of goods. This will involve providing various facilities for receiving goods, their mechanical and manual movement, display, auction, packaging, storage, and dispatch, etc. Keeping handling of goods as the major activity, the market complex design has been evolved.
Considering the flat terrain and the linearity of the site, zoning of activities within the site has been proposed in a sequential manner. The handling of goods in a modernized facility requires a sequential pattern of movement. The activities in this site have been zoned in a
72
similar manner with an appropriate circulation system. This circulation system is both manual and mechanical i.e. freight lifts, conveyor belts, etc. The circulation areas are an important feature and govern the market design.
The layout is simple with a peripheral road and buildings planned in the required sequence. Connectivity between various buildings has been provided to ensure a compact layout.
A large area near the entrance has to be provided for the entry of goods, parking and smooth circulation of vehicular movement. Mechanical systems like weigh bridges, etc have been provided which will monitor the entry and exit of trucks, and record their contents and movement within the market complex. With this system each and every vehicle entering into the facility will be monitored, its content, weight of goods will be recorded. By means of mechanical monitoring, at any point of time it will be easy to assess the quantum of goods within the facility. Transparency and complete security will be achieved.
Facilities like cash and carry, etc has to be provided near the entry, so that the local buyers need not enter the market complex.
73
A Service Core has to be provided in each building to distribute the movement of goods. Each service core has staircases / ramps / freight/ lifts / toilets, etc. This will facilitate easy and controlled movement of goods vertically and horizontally within the large complex. Mechanical means have to be provided for circulation and movement of goods. Provision has to be made in the layout for future expansion, which will be possible without disturbing the existing structures.
The layout enables phase wise execution of the market facilities. Market facilities: Various activities have to be provided for a modernized market facility in an organized and systematic manner to ensure that the flow of produce is smooth and facilities are utilized in most efficient manner. This market will alter the traditional marketing pattern and generate a new working model. The new model will develop an organized, disciplined and systematic marketing pattern. The facilities provided are:
Auction Halls These halls have to be provided adjacent to the parking and the loading/ unloading areas, as most of the goods will first go to auction halls. The auction
74
halls should have receiving areas, display areas, electronic auction areas and distribution areas. The halls should have fairly large spaces and have the flexibility for their division into smaller areas, which could be used for fruits, vegetables, as per requirements so that the activities can be divided easily without disturbing other areas.
Display Areas These areas have to be provided outside the Auction areas as the Wholesalers, retailers and exporters will mainly require access to these areas for inspection of goods. Viewing Galleries These have to be provided at mezzanine floor level of auction hall for getting a complete overview of the system. It should be equipped with all kinds of electronic gadgets like cameras, etc. This will control and monitor the various activities like loading / unloading, packaging, distribution etc being carried out. Large Halls for Grading and Packing These have to be provided near the Auction and Display areas. From the auction and display areas, the goods will be brought to the Grading and Packing Zone where modern machines will be installed for the same. Here goods will be graded and packed for further distribution. These are connected to freight lifts
75
where by mechanical means like conveyor belts; the goods will be transported to dispatch areas or cold storage. The consignments will be graded and packed for immediate dispatch to the local markets, distribution to distant wholesale markets and repacked for export. Transportation Corridors Transportation corridors have to be provided which will connect all areas of various activities within the complex horizontally. The corridor should be wide enough for material to be delivered to different areas of the complex by trollies, conveyor belts, etc or by any other mechanical means. Freight lifts have to be provided which act as vertical corridors for the movement of goods.
Cold Storage Units
These units have to be provided at the rear end of the entire complex. Goods will be received here by mechanical means and will be stored if they are unsold and have to remain within the auction premises for various reasons for more than 12 hours. The cold storages can also be hired out to the wholesalers, buyers and sellers for storage of goods. Loading and Unloading Areas
These are to be provided adjacent to the parking areas and near the wholesale market where trucks carrying goods will be docked into the building for loading /
76
unloading as per the requirement. About 8544 sq.m of space is to be provided and this will allow storage of produce. From here the goods will be distributed to the other areas like auction halls and display areas. Parking Space for Containers, Trucks, Small Vehicles etc All kinds of parking areas have been provided on leased out basis or rent. Long term parking, short-term parking and docking areas for Containers, trucks, light motor vehicles, two - wheelers have been provided. Circulation in the parking area is to be planned in such a manner that congestion and pollution are avoided. Traditional Shops for Local Markets Shops have to be provided for the wholesalers and producers of the local market. The shops should have a size measuring about 18 sq.m to 20 sq.m. It will be possible to have a display area in the front, an office space in the rear and stacking in mezzanine area in each individual office. Corridors have to be provided in front of the shops for buyers to visit, discuss and negotiate. Shops should be of the same size so that a trader can purchase two shops if he wants to have a larger shop or can divide them into two for smaller shops. Office Areas/Quarter These have to be provided for traders, wholesalers, Service provider etc who are interested in having individual office spaces. These could also be sold / let out to
77
local traders, etc. Besides these other supplementary facilities like bank counters, ATM centers, etc could be housed. Other Service Areas Administrative areas are to be provided which will have cash desk, conference rooms, training rooms, etc. Areas have to be provided for logistics companies, service providers, public conveniences such as cafeterias, toilets, etc.
Public Conveniences such as rest rooms, wash rooms, toilets, cafeterias, also are to be provided for large number of truck drivers coming to these areas.
Provision of Five star hotel and setting up of Cash & Carry format store for perishables like Meat and Dairy products etc. in the second phase of project.
Additional Facilities: A Central Library and information center to be provided which will give information regarding produce, cost, etc. Info way lines to connect to nodal centers in catchments areas to ensure connectivity with farmers, to establish forward linkages. Ten nodal centers are already present. Rain Water Harvesting is proposed. Solar panels are proposed for street lighting in the market complex.
78
Green zone and landscaping are proposed to control pollution. Provision for fire fighting, police stations, petrol pumps,
dispensaries, etc is to be made for emergency services. Bus stops, street furniture, food kiosks, guesthouses, refreshment areas, etc have to be provided. Signages have been proposed to guide and enable smooth circulation within the complex. Part of the site has to be reserved for future expansion and for providing processing units. E.T.Ps and S.T.Ps have been proposed for sanitation, hygiene & environmental control Circulation Pattern of the Market Facility: This market facility will generate a lot of traffic movement of heavy vehicles like trucks, containers, etc.
Easy vehicular access has to be provided for all the activities housed within the complex. Since the site is off the Highway, the entrance will generate traffic and a flyover should be provided over this highway for thro traffic to eliminate congestion and allow for smooth flow of traffic.
79
Roads, approaches and entry exit points of vehicles have to be designed in such a manner that the various movements of vehicles are segregated. There are separate entry and exits for trucks, which bring the goods into the market. Mechanical systems of recording their contents and movement have to be provided at their entry points. The exits for empty trucks are separate. The exits for outgoing dispatch trucks are separate.
Road layout and Parking plan inside the site for trucks and containers have to be planned in such a manner that the traffic flow is unidirectional which will avoid any chaos due to truck traffic.
Short-term parking has to be provided for smaller transport vehicles like tempos near the shops. Docking areas for trucks is to be provided in each zone wherever necessary for loading / unloading for efficient and fast movement of handling of goods.
Special Advantages The design is simple and linear. Zoning of activities has to be done on the basis of the circulation pattern. The advantages are:
80
Being modular, construction costs are reduced because of similar details of construction. Phase wise construction is possible. Vertical and horizontal expansion and construction will be possible without disturbing the market activity.
Instead of unplanned growth, the NIAM will benefit because of our planned growth for the complete zone.
Flyover and road network solutions provided will avoid any chaos and organize traffic movement within the area
The design proposed will enhance the physical and economic growth of the state.
The entire Project is divided in phase wise manner. The approximate cost for first phase for Building Construction and Site development is Rs 23.1396 Crore only. The approximate cost for second phase for Building Construction and Site development and other facilities can be finalized only after the quotations and requirements are obtained.
81
CHAPTER - VII ELECTRONIC AUCTION SYSTEMS Overview Electronic Auction Systems are sophisticated solutions to address the growing need for an efficient trading method. EAS employs various electronic hardware and software sub-systems. These sub systems work in conjunction to produce a seamless mechanism for conducting auctions. EAS provides buyers with a standardized user interface that is easy to understand and use. EAS systems are easy to manage and can generate an exhaustive database of buyers, sellers and their requirements, for the organization conducting the auctions.
In markets, transaction prices may be determined in different ways. Standardized inexpensive items are often sold with posted prices. Expensive customized products or services, especially in industrial markets, require negotiation and bargaining. Auctions are usually preferred in situations where enough competition exists, involving non-standardized products and/or products with unstable prices.
In the most common form of auction the auctioneer is selling goods; the bidders are the potential buyers. Buyers compete by submitting bids, which state a quantity and a price. Different types of auctions exist, depending on how the transaction price is determined. 82
With the convergence of IT and telecommunication, and the proliferation and availability of bandwidth, the impact of EAS based markets is quickly expected to increase significantly. The effectiveness of these markets depends on the EAS design. Research conducted by Techno-Magica in this area has resulted in the design of an efficient and effective EAS
Auctions provide a central meeting place for buyers. These centers create efficient locations for gathering information on supply, price discovery, quality control, and product distribution. Auction Process There are 3 independent Auction processes that are offered by the EAS system. These 3 auction systems each have their advantages and disadvantages. The 3 auction process offered by the EAS are: Dutch Auction English Auction Combi-Auction
Dutch Auction
The Dutch auction is the most popular method of auctioning commodities such as flowers, fruits and vegetables. The Dutch auction is also known as the Reverse auction. The auction begins at a high price (higher than the market
83
price). The current price is displayed in figures as also represented on a giant circular dial with 100 segments. The Auction commences and the price indicated starts to fall at a steady speed (determined by the auction master). Buyers present in the hall can observe this falling price on the clock dial.
When an interested buyer observes that the clock has reached a price at which he is interested to buy, he presses the bid button on his bidding terminal (or table) to stop the clock. Immediately the telephone hand set on the table is activated and the buyer may then speak to the auction master informing him of the quantity he wishes to purchase.
Once the allotment is complete the current price on the clock dial is increased by a fixed amount (usually 20-30 segments). The price of the clock dial then begins to drop once again until the next buyer pushes the button or the end price is reached.
The Dutch auction is very quick and efficient for price discovery and multiple lot auctions. Dutch auctions currently deployed in Holland are able to operate at speeds of upto 1500 auctions per hour.
English Auction
The English auction is a more traditional type of auction and is ideally suited for auctioning of non-perishable commodities. English auctions generally generate
84
higher prices for commodities but take longer to run. Due to their slower nature of operations, English auctions are usually used to auction larger lot sizes.
The English auction begins with the floor price being displayed on the clock. The auction begins and the buyers are given a fixed time of 10 seconds (can be changed by auction master) to place their bids. A two-digit count down display shows the time remaining before the auction closes.
Interested buyers place their bids by pressing the bid button on the bidding terminal (or table). Each press of the bid button pushes up the current price displayed on the clock by a fixed amount. This increment value is displayed on each users bidding terminal and is fixed by the auction master during the lot preparation process.
Each time a bid is received the identity of the buyer is displayed on the clock and the count down display resets to set value (e.g. 10 seconds).
The auction ends when no more bids are received and the count down reaches 00. The successful bidder is the one who bid last and whose ID appears on the clock. The successful bidder is required to purchase the entire lot put for auction.
Combi-Auction
The combination auction (Combi-Auction) is a recent innovation pioneered by M/s Techno-Magica, Bangalore. It harnesses the strengths of the Dutch and
85
English auction processes. The quick price discovery technique of the Dutch auction along with the higher price realization achieved by the English Auction results in a more efficient and profitable auction.
In the Combi-auction the process begins like a standard Dutch auction with a fall in price. Once an interested buyer strikes the price, the auction changes to the English Auction Method. There upon a count down clock keeps the auction open allowing any interested buyer to push up the price by pressing his bid button.
It has been found that due to the competitive nature of the English auction it is possible that the price is pushed up marginally from the discovered price. This results in higher earnings for the producer (farmer) Architecture
EAS architecture consists of two significant building blocks : Software & Hardware.
Software
The EAS system incorporates complex software to perform various tasks. These tasks are described in the following paragraphs.
86
Pre-Auction
Auction Server Database
Card Issue
Lot Preparation
Price Fixation
Catalog Preparation
Pre-Bidding
Auction
Dutch Auction
English Auction
Combi-Auction
Results
Fig; A framework of the Electronic Auction System
87
Pre Auction Activity
These are the various processes that take place before the actual auction is conducted. Pre auction software runs on computers located at the auction office and are operated upon by the auction master and / or authorized personnel.
Buyer Card Issue Each registered buyer who wishes to participate in the auctions needs to have a smart card. The card issue module manages the process of issuing smart cards. The issuing process consists of Capturing a photo of the buyer Retrieving from database, registration details of the buyer Printing of the photo id smart card Programming the buyer information into the smart card.
The card issue module also manages card related activities such as replacement of lost cards and blocking of banned/invalid cards. LOT Preparation Incoming produce consists of large quantities of each item. These large quantities need to be broken into smaller lots for auctioning. This software module guides the auction master in preparing lots, which are subsequently auctioned. The lot preparation module automatically sequences the lots to
88
ensure a consistent auction process (eg. Tomato is always auctioned before capsicum). PRICE Fixation This module allows an authorized person (not necessarily the auction master) to determine the floor price (the price below which the produce will not be sold).
Catalog Generation
This module automatically generates a printable auction catalog in English and Hindi (can be customized for other regional languages). The catalog would typically list the sequenced lot number, item name, grade, quantity available and the minimum / maximum quantity for purchase (for Dutch Auction). Pre Bidding This module allows interested buyers to place their bids in advance. The software automatically monitors and records the highest bids received for each item. If the bid recorded is higher than the flow price determined by the price fixation module then the pre bid price replaces the set floor price. The pre-bid module will only accept bids up to a predetermined cut off time (usually 15 minutes before start of auction). All transactions required for and generated by the pre auction software are accessed from a pre-configured database (e.g. Oracle 9i).
89
Auction
The auction section consists of three modules. Each module is responsible for conducting a given type of auction. Dutch Auction Module Items that were marked for auction by the Dutch system during the lot preparation are auctioned one at a time. The auction master has the ability to increase the start price of the clock and /or change the speed of the clock during an auction session depending on market conditions. The auction master is allowed to accept or reject a bid received. However the auction master cannot cancel items once allotted. English Auction Module Items that were marked for auction by the English system during the lot preparation are auctioned one at a time. The auction master has the ability to increase the floor price of the clock and /or change the duration of successive bids during an auction session depending on market conditions. The auction master is allowed to accept or reject a bid received. However the auction master cannot cancel items once allotted. Combi-Auction Auction module Items that were marked for auction by the Bounce system during the lot preparation are auctioned one at a time. The auction master has the ability to increase the start price of the clock, change the speed of the clock and /or
90
change the duration of successive bids during an auction session depending on market conditions. The auction master is allowed to accept or reject a bid received. However the auction master cannot cancel items once allotted. Attendance Module
The attendance software runs on a separate computer that is networked along with the auction server and the auction terminals. The attendance console provides a graphical representation of the auction halls and the status of each seat that has been occupied. Clicking on a particular seat on the display screen brings up information on the buyer including his last three transactions. The attendance console is an useful tool for the auction master to get a quick idea of the occupancy and strength of the buyers present.
Plasma Display module
The plasma display software runs on a dedicated computer attached to the main network. The Plasma display module displays the image of the current item being auctioned along with its name in up to six different regional languages on its large 42-inch color screen. The Plasma display software is automatically synchronized to the lot sequence number and the item being auctioned.
Hardware
The 3 main hardware components of the EAS are:
91
The Bidding Terminal The Bidding Terminal is an embedded microcomputer based system that is connected to the main network via an Ethernet interface. The bidding terminal features a large LCD panel capable of showing 8 lines of 21 characters each (standard English Font). This backlit LCD screen provides a user with information regarding his current account balance, current auction lot sequence number, details of the item being auctioned and other auction related messages. Each bidding terminal is equipped with a smart card reader. Each registered buyer is allotted a smart card, which is used to identify him in the auction hall.
The bidding terminal features 2 buttons with which the user may select the auction hall (Hall 1/2) that he wishes to participate in. In addition there is a bid button, which the user presses when he wishes to place a bid. The Bid button can optionally be located on the side of the table, facing the buyer when he is seated. This table mounted bid button performs the same function as the bid button on the bidding terminal. Each bidding terminal also has attached to it a telephone handset. When the buyer inserts his card into the card reader, the reader identifies him, queries the central database for information pertaining to the buyer and displays his current account balance on the LCD screen.
92
With a valid card inserted the telephone hand set is activated and the user may make local telephone calls from his seat by dialing 0 (this is an optional feature). When a buyer has successfully bid for a lot, the handset automatically gets connected to the relevant auction master. The buyer can then speak to the auction master to request the quantity he wishes to purchase. Once an allotment has been made the buyer is able to view the result on his LCD screen. His account balance is instantly updated and is also reflected on his LCD. Each bidding terminal is also equipped with a page button, which the buyer may use to request a private conversation with the auction master. The page button is only enabled when the auction is not running or in between two auctions. The buyer may exit from the auction at any time by removing his card from the reader. The bidding terminal is equipped with a serial port (RS232C), which is used to set up the various parameters required by the bidding terminal. These parameters once set up are stored in non- volatile EEPROM memory inside the terminal. All bidding terminals are equipped with a DC-DC converter that is fed power (+24V DC) from a central power source. This power source is battery backed to provide uninterrupted power.
93
Telephone Instrument Interface
LCD Panel
128 x 64 pixels Graphics capable LED backlight
ISO-7816 Smart Card Reader
Buttons
Buzzer
Page
Hall 1
16 bit Micro-controller
Built-in Watchdog timer Brownout Protection TCP/IP Stack
Non-Volatile Memory
Bid
DC-DC converter
Power Supply +24V input +3.3V output
Hall 2
Audio Interface
Ethernet Interface 10-Base-T
Serial Interface RS-232C
Fig: A framework of Bidding terminal Auction Clock The Auction Clock is a sophisticated Display system. Powered by a 32-bit microprocessor, it is equipped to perform various tasks with ease. The Auction Clock displays numerous fields of information to the buyers present in the Auction Hall. The main part of the Auction Clock is a huge clock dial measuring 1.6m in diameter. The clock dial has 100 segments and is marked from 99 to 0 in an anti-clock wise direction (reverse clock). Each segment can be programmed to
94
represent 1 Paise, 5 Paise, 10 Paise or 1 Rupee. The standard clock `SCALE is Ps, indicating that 1 segment represents 1 Paise.
Each segment of the clock dial consists of 30 high brightness Red Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs). These solid-state Red lamps are very reliable and have an operating life of more than 100,000 hours. Each cluster of 30 LED lamps are encapsulated in a specially design Plastic molded housing. The plastic housing is designed to provide an even brightness even when the clock dial is viewed from different angles.
In addition to the clock dial, the Auction Clock also has a number of fields of alphanumeric display. These fields are used to provide information to the buyers present in the auction hall. The alphanumeric character display consists of high performance 4 (100mm) high Red LED Dot Matrix modules powered by highly efficient constant current driver circuits.
The Display can be dimmed (16 levels of brightness) via software commands issued by the Auction Console. This is particularly useful in situations where the ambient light in the auction hall varies considerably (day/night auction).
95
The Auction Clock is attached to the Auction Server via an RS-232C connection. Commands issued by the Auction Server drive the Clock segments and the alphanumeric data fields.
The Auction Clock incorporates the latest in electronic circuit design and ensures reliable operation for the entire life of the product.
Plasma Display The Plasma display is a bright, high contrast flat panel measuring 42 (diagonal) in size. The Plasma technology uses tiny display elements, Red, Green & Blue to display millions of shades of color on it screen.
The Plasma display is attached to the VGA port of a dedicated PC. The SVGA signal (1024x768 pixels) output of the PC is displayed clearly on the large screen. The Plasma Display technology offers a highly reliable, bright easy to read screen for displaying the image of the produce, it name in 6 different languages and other important operational messages. The Plasma display is provided with a Steel wall mount bracket. This bracket allows for easy mounting of the screen on any flat wall. Optionally, a ceiling mount bracket is available in case the Plasma Screen needs to be suspended from the ceiling.
96
The Plasma display is driven by a long length (20m maximum) of VGA cable. To ensure the picture is clear, a VGA video amplifier is included.
Appendix A : Technical Specifications of Bidding Terminal Microprocessor Non-Volatile Memory Firmware Protocols LCD Panel LCD text support LCD graphics support Smart Card Reader cards (5V) Power-on Reset voltage Watchdog automatic crash Keyboard External Bid button housing Indicators Announciators Ethernet Interface Serial Interface Setup Data : 16 bit RISC @ 40 MHz : 1 KB EEPROM : Dedicated application with built-in TCP/IP stack : TCP, UDP, ICMP : 128 x 64 pixels, graphics mode, LED backlighting : 8 lines x 21 characters standard font (5x7) : supports bit-mapped graphics 32x32 and 64x64 size : ISO-7816 compatible, support for SYNC type smart : Automatic power on reset, brown-out detect for low : Built-in watchdog timer with time of 1 sec for recovery : Total 4 buttons; Hall select (x2), Bid (x1), Page (x1) : Table mounted, rugged Bid Button in Stainless steel : Total 6 LEDs; Power, Card OK, Ready, Bid, Page : Piezo electric buzzer : 10-Base-T, RJ-45 connector : RS-232C, 9.6 Kbps, no parity, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit : Via serial interface from a host PC Terminal IP address Terminal Sub-Net Mask Gateway IP address Host IP address (Hall 1) Host Port Number (Hall 1) Host IP address (Hall 2) Host Port Number (Hall 2) 97
Power Supply Mechanical construction Dimensions Telephone Handset operation Appendix B Microprocessor Non-Volatile Memory Operating System Firmware Protocols Ethernet Interface Serial Interface LED Clock Dial Segment colour
Terminal ID Host connect (TCP) timeout Host connect (TCP) retry count : +24V DC regulated, 0.1A maximum : Stainless Steel brushed finish for top panel : 150mm (W) x 250mm (H) x 60mm (D) : Standard, 2-wire telephone instrument, 24V DC
: Technical Specifications of Auction Clock : 32 bit CISC @ 40 MHz : 8MB Flash Memory : Embedded DOS : Dedicated application with built-in TCP/IP stack : TCP, UDP, ICMP : 10-Base-T, RJ-45 connector : RS-232C, 115.2 Kbps, no parity, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit : 1.6m diameter, 100 segments : Super Bright Red; 30 LEDs per segment
Segment construction: Contoured Plastic molded housing with embedded PCB Alphanumeric: 4 Character height, Red colour, high brightness; 5x7 Dot Matrix Module type : Sealed, molded Alphanumeric Dot Matrix module, AlGaAs LED No. of Alphanumeric: 138 characters total Info. Fields : Total of 15 fields (each clock) Items to be auctioned Item grade (above) Current item being auctioned Item grade (above) Lot number x x x x x 3 3 1 1 1 (20 chrs each) (2 chr each) (20 chrs) (2 chr) (4 chr)
98
Brightness Control Masters console Maximum Clock speed seconds Power consumption Dimensions Commercial Details
Qty. Available for auction Pack ID Start Price End Price Buyer ID. Qty. Purchased Countdown Clock (English) Unit of Measurement Clock Scale
x x x x x x x x x
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(6 (2 (8 (8 (8 (8 (2 (2 (2
chr) chr) chrs) chrs) chrs) chrs) chrs) chrs) chrs)
: 16 levels of brightness; adjustable via Auction (software setting) : 25 milli-second per step; 1 full revolution in 2.5 : 750Watts maximum at 230V AC, 50 Hz : 2,000mm (W) x 3,000mm (H) x 100mm (D)
The EAS consist of various Software and Hardware components. Each subsystem has been designed carefully, bearing in mind the typical operating conditions prevalent in the field. Extensive study has been done to determine the optimum solution. Some of the sub-systems are optional and may be purchased to increase the functionality of the complete solution. The tables in the following pages represent the various components required to build a complete EAS that is equipped with 2 auction halls, each with a seating capacity of 75. The auction halls can operate independently and the EAS solution a buyer seated in Hall-1 to purchase items from Hall-2 and vice-versa.
99
The prices indicated are based on the quantities indicated. If the quantity deviates by more than 10%, a revised quotation will be applicable. Please check for the applicable prices based on your final requirement. The prices are indicated on ex-factory, Bangalore basis. Freight, handling and insurance will be charged extra as applicable. Installation charges are not included and will be quoted separately after the delivery / installation site/location has been confirmed.
Quotation Hardware
Sl Description Qty Per order
Hardware Components
Rate In Rs.
Amt. In Rs.
Bidding Terminal Embedded Microprocessor based unit 16 bit Microprocessor Graphics LCD panel (128x64 pixels), LED backlit ISO-7816 Smart Card Reader 10-base-T Ethernet Port, Rs-232C interface Telephone handset Interface Hall Select, Bid and Page buttons with LED indicators Additional Bid Button unit mounted on front of table
150 pcs
25,000
37,50,000
100
Auction Clock Multi-Function LED based Auction Clock & Display Large 1.6m diameter Auction Clock with 100 segments Multiple Alphanumeric display fields, 4 high characters Total of 138 Character display Interface to Auction Server (RS-232C) Built-in 32bit Microprocessor system running DOS Plasma Display Screen Large screen size 42 diagonal High brightness (>300 NIT) & high Contrast (>400) Extra Long VGA cable (20m) with Video amplifier Wall Mount bracket (steel) Base Station for Auction Master Computerized Audio Switching Intercom system Audio Headset with microphone Central Power Supply with Battery backup (for bidding terminals) PA Speaker System for Auction Hall (single Hall) 250W Audio Amplifier Column Speakers (6 pcs) Wired Microphone with table stand Dual Wireless (VHF) microphone with receiver Optional Items Dial-out Telephone support Allows registered buyers in the Auction hall to make outgoing local calls by dialing 0 on the telephone instrument at their Auction Terminal Requires a 150 extension EPABX system (not Included)
2 pcs
15,50000
31,00,000
2 pcs
2,50,000
5,00,000
2 pcs
2,50,000
5,00,000
2 pc
75,000
150,000
Sub Total 80,00,000
2 sets
1,00,000
2,00,000
101
LCD Multimedia Screen Ultra High Brightness Projection Screen (> 3000 L) Motorized, retractable screen (12 diagonal) Used for training / multimedia programmes Used as a stand-by screen for conducting Auctions Includes a Soft-Clock software package Requires a dedicated Computer system (not included)
2 sets
5,00,000
10,00,000
Total in Rs. 92,00,000
Quotation Software
Sl Description Qty Per order
Software Components
Rate In Rs.
Amt. In Rs.
Pre-Auction Module Includes various modules required for preauction activity 1 Card Issue Module (with Card Reader station) Lot Preparation Module Price Fixation Module Pre-Bid Module Auction Console Auction Masters Console application Supports 3 types of Auctions Easy to use Graphical User Interface (GUI) Runs under the .NET framework Requires a Microsoft Windows XP Professional based PC (not included) 1 set 5,50,000 5,50,000
2 pcs
5,50,000
11,00,000
102
Attendance Console Displays the status of the Auction hall, the occupancy Easy to use Graphical User Interface (GUI) Runs under the .NET framework Requires a Microsoft Windows XP Professional based PC (not included) Product Display Screen Displays the current item being auctioned and it name Supports upto 6 different languages Runs under the .NET framework Requires a Microsoft Windows XP Professional based PC (not included) Auction Server Main server application with built-in database Dedicated application handles all network connectivity Forms a bridge between the EAS & The Action Market Requires a server class computer system running Windows Server 2003 OS Optional Items Remote Internet based Auction System (server) Allows registered buyers to participate in Auctions from remote locations via the Internet. Requires a 128 Kbps Leased line Internet connectivity to the Auction Server Buyers to purchase a Remote Internet Terminal Includes all required hardware for server
2 pcs
3,00,000
6,00,000
2 pcs
2,00,000
4,00,000
1 pc
6,50,000
6,50,000
Sub Total 33,00,000
1 set
15,00,00 0
15,00,000
Total in Rs. 48,00,000
103
Quotation Miscellaneous. Sl Description
Qty Per order
Rate In Rs.
Amt. In Rs.
Miscellaneous Components
Auction Table & Chair assembly (Dual Seat) Rugged, space saving design. 1 Includes a 55 x 20 table top with cutout for bidding terminal Dual, foldable seats with Cushion seat and backrest Mild Steel construction- with powder coated finish Includes all wiring and sockets for Networking & Power Auction Server High Performance server to provide 24x7 operation Intel Xeon CPU 1GB DDR Memory 2 x 80 GB SATA Hot swappable HDD 2 x 400W Hot swappable Power Supply 4U Rack Mount Chassis with 2x Ball bearing fans 3 x Ethernet interface, 100-Base-T Built-in Data-base (SQL database) Runs Windows Server 2003 Standard Computers (Auction/Attendance/Display Consoles) High performance Computers Intel Pentium 2.8 GHz HT CPU 512 MB DDR Memory 2 x 80GB SATA Hot Swappable HDD 2U Rack Mount Chassis with 2x ball bearing fans Ethernet interface, 100-Base T 15 LCD Monitor Runs Windows XP Professional
75 sets
20,000
15,00,000
1 pc
5,00,000
5,00,000
6 pcs
75,000
4,50,000
104
Networking Package Complete set of networking sub-systems required 24 Port Ethernet Switch x 8 pcs 170 way Patch Panel 30U Rack Mount Cabinet x 2 All necessary hardware for installation (does not include LAN cabling) Optional Items Remote Internet Terminal Compact embedded PC system, runs Windows CE 5.0 Built-in 8.4 TFT LCD panel with Touch screen Standard 104 Key PC Keyboard Built-in rugged, industrial grade embedded dial-up modem (requires a telephone line connection) Solid State Flash Disk with Auction Application Purchase in multiple of 25 sets (min. order : 25 sets) Each buyer requires to purchase his individual terminal
1 set
7,50,000
7,50,000
Sub Total 32,00,000
25 sets
30,000
7,50,000
Total in Rs. 39,50,000 TERMS & CONDITIONS OF SALE: Payment Schedule: 50% Advance payment along with Purchase Order against Bank Guarantee of equal amount 30% on Delivery of goods at site 20% after installation & commissioning
Delivery Schedule: Delivery of items will be made as per the following schedule Delivery of total order quantity: within 6 months after receipt of Order
105
Warranty: All products carry a warranty of 12 months from the date of installation or 13 months from the date of delivery whichever is earlier. The warranty covers all malfunction due to manufacturing defects. The warranty does not apply to consumables and other parts that may wear out in normal operation. The warranty will be deemed void if the product is not used as instructed. Damage caused in transit during shipping will not be covered under the warranty. Annual Maintenance Contract: Upon completion of the warranty period, the customer may enter into an Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC) with Techno-Magica. The AMC charge will be equal to 10% of the total invoice value, for the year immediately after the warranty period. For subsequent years, the AMC charge will increase at the rate of 1% per year thereafter. If the customer does not enter into an AMC with Techno-Magica immediately after the warranty period, or breaks his contract with Techno-Magica, then Techno-Magica reserves the right to refuse the AMC. The AMC will cover all parts and Labour and will exclude consumables and other parts that may be explicitly removed from the AMC by Techno-Magica on a case-to-case basis. Taxes: All local and inter-state Taxes and duties will be charged extra as applicable at the time of delivery.
106
CHAPTER VIII MODERN INFRASTRUCTURE IN THE MARKET Proposed market has been conceptualized and designed in a manner that transparency and efficiency is ensured and value addition is encouraged so that farmers get maximum price. In order to reduce multiple handling and smooth Apart from central electronic
movement modern systems have been proposed.
auction system, state of art of electronic grading, quality evaluation station, etc is another area which has been specifically addressed. Ripening chambers, cold
storages, pre-cooling units clubbed with underground conveyor based movement of material and handling, IT enabled operations, one-stop shopping for input and out-put, transactional banking and automation / networking, Electronic Display Boards with latest technological application has been proposed. Broadly
following sections constitute major features of the proposed market at Nasik. Section I Ripening Chambers and Cold Storage,
Section II Electronic Grading Lines Section III Quality Evaluation Station Section IV Pre-cooling Unit with underground Conveyor Based
Movements and Mechanized Material Handling System Section V IT Applications and Networking
Section VI Online Spot Commodity Trading on NCDEX Platform Section VII Testing and Certification Laboratory
107
Section I Ripening Chambers and Cold Storages
108
DEVELOPMENT OF RIPENING CHAMBERS It has been proposed to develop 6 ripening chambers of 25 MT each capacity in the terminal market so as to provide modern facility for ripening of banana that will be received in the terminal market. Banana which will be dispatched directly from collection centers to sale outlets/super markets and bulk buyers located in different parts of the country does not require ripening facility as afterwards the fruit cannot travel for long. Therefore, the facility propose to be developed at terminal level will address to the requirement of local market like Nasik, Pune, Mumbai. The size and capacity of ripening chamber has been kept approximate
half of the size of SAFAL market, Bangalore. Following paragraphs provides a descriptive detail of various sections, operations, specifications, equipments etc., for the entire facility. sections. 1. Scope of Work 2. Typical Specification Of Major Components PUF sandwich panels for chambers Electrically driven overhead doors Equipment and devices in the ripening chambers Air refreshing arrangement Ethylene gas distribution system Electrical Process Control System Side distance guiding sheet Chamber protective posts 109 The coverage has been designed into following 12
3. Start-up 4. Documentation of complete data 5. Spare parts 6. General technical conditions 1. Scope of Work Scope of work involves supply, installation and commissioning 6 nos. Banana Ripening Chambers, each of 25 MT capacity (48 pallets).
The system has to be equipped with all necessary operation and safety units, units, accessories and /or components (switch, control and safety gears) so that safe, economic and lasting operation of the facility as a whole as well as all individual components is guaranteed.
Banana Ripening Chambers should be designed in such a way that 50% of chamber load i.e. 24 pallets and above with sequence of 4 pallets can be ripened. The Scope of Work Includes the Following Detailed design & Planning Supply of Equipment Erection Start-up and satisfactory Commissioning of the system & training of Clients manpower in operation & maintenance. Handing over the installation to Owners in satisfactory operating condition. 110
The Details are as Follows Supply & Installation of the Ripening Chambers made out of insulated PUB sandwiched Panels for walls / partition walls and roof etc. Supply & installation of Sectional Doors, motorized, sliding-up complete with door switch panels. Supply & installation of cooling units for each Chamber. Supply & installation of temperature sensors and indicators for ach Chamber. Supply & installation of the air-refreshing unit for each Chamber. Supply & installation of Ethylene Gas distribution station. Supply & installation of electrical Motor Control Center. Supply & installation of instrument and Control Panels. Supply & installation of Process Control System. Supply & installation of Side distance guiding sheets. Supply & installation of Chamber protective posts. Supply & installation of chilled water pipes, fittings & valves etc including insulation and aluminum cladding. Supply & installation of electrical cables and connecting wires between the power. Distribution panel / control panel and various motors and control units and wiring for internal lighting. Start-up and Commissioning of the system. Supply of complete documentation.
Items required but not mentioned specifically like All materials that is needed during installation of the facility and for its completion & commissioning.
111
All appliances and tools, which are needed for installation. All appliances, devices and machines, which are necessary to complete the project. All temporary installations, which have to be erected in order to complete the project.
The scope of work does not include the following items: Demolition of any existing civil structure or work of any kind. Civil construction works of any kind like concreting etc. Supply & mounting of protection railing on the outside of the Ripening Chambers. 2. Cables for power supply to the Power Control Centre. Cost of electrical power for installation, testing and commissioning. Supply of gas for ripening.
Typical Specifications of Major Components
PUF sandwich Panels for Ripening Chambers: Approx. Dimensions of the Ripening Chambers are as follows: Inner dimensions Length Width Height Door Cutout Width Height approx. 16.5 m 3.7 m 4.05 m 2.6-2.8 m 4.1 m
The wall and ceiling of the Banana Ripening Chambers are constructed using prefabricated, self supported, sandwich panels insulated with rigid polyurethane foam (PUF free of CFC) of 80 mm thickness. This foam is injected using high-
112
pressure equipment in a precise proportion. The foam density is to be strictly controlled to provide excellent thermal insulation, strength and stability. The facing material (lamination) adhesion to foam shall be excelor, and shall have the foam imparting good structural strength to the composite construction. The dimensions of the panel should be stable over a temperature ranger of minus 60 deg. C to 100 deg. C.
Broad specification of the panels and PUF shall be as follows: Density K-value of insulation: approx. Thermal conductivity Shear strength Compressive strength : 40+2 kg/cu.m : 0.35 W per sq.m per deg. K : 0.023 W/sq.m/deg.K (AGED) : 0.1-0.3 N/sq.mm : 2.1 kg/sq.m (0.1-0.3 N/sq.mm) Tensile strength Bending strength Adhesion strength (PUF to steel) Closed cell contents Fire resistance : 3.7 kg/sq.m : 2.9 kg/sq.m (0.1-0.3 N/sq.m) : 2.9 kg/sq.cm (0.1-0.5 N/sq.m) : 90 to 95% : Self extinguishing as per ASTM D 1692 Water Absorption Vapour permeability : 0.2% by volume at 100% RH : 0.08 to 0.12 gm/hr/sq.m at 90% RH And 38 deg. C
113
Elasticity module Thickness of outer sheets
: 2.5 8 N/Sq.m : min. 0.6 mm Sheet Steel with
Material of outer sheets : Profiled Galvanised tread / depth of profile approx. 5 mm Amount of zinc coating : Min. 275 gm/sq.m
Test certificate shall be produced to support above properties. Outer finish on the sheets The panels on both outer sides shall be pre-painted with 25 micron thick silicon modified polyester coating of colour to be decided by the owner. Jointing of Panels Panels are joined by tongue-and-groove system or other similar arrangement. The panels shall not have any conducting parts of whatsoever nature such as additional layer of sheet steel, bore holes, locks etc between the outer and inner sheet steel layers. As far as the panels for ceiling are concerned, these shall be manufactured in full width and shall be mounted throughout the width of the Chambers without any longitudinal jointing of the panels and/or any intermediate supports.
The offer shall include cutting of PUF Sandwich Panels, wherever necessary, as well as assembly of doorframes.
114
Internal /external angle The corner joints shall be homogeneously foamed (also to be CFC-Free), sealed with Silicone Sealing Compound and shall be covered with galvanized sheet steel angles. Installation of Floor Panels shall be erected on the floor and sealed with galvanized corner steel (equal to the thickness of the panels), which shall then be fastened with plugs on the floor. All joints, angles and U-shells shall be foamed homogeneously and then sealed with Silicon Sealing Compound. All the materials to be used in this job shall meet the sanitary standards for Chambers for Storage of Food Products according to International regulations. General The system shall be complete with all ancillary items like corner pieces (L Panels), pre-painted steel/aluminum profiles for inner/outer and joint corners, sealants, foam chemicals and all other components and accessories as required. The cost of these ancillary items is included in the respective rates for ceiling/wall panels and no separate payment shall be made for these items. The dimensions of the Ripening Chambers indicated in these specifications are approximate. The Supplier/bidders must ensure accurate dimensions before
taking up manufacture. Payment shall be made for the actual area of work
115
executed based on the unit rate as applicable. If the area of a single opening is more thane 0.5 sq.m., it shall be deducted from the measurements. Electrically driven overhead Doors Number of doors Width approx. 2.6 2.8 m Height approx. 4.1 m : approx. 50 mm : 0.45 W per sq. m per deg. : 5 Nos.
Recommended blade thickness K Value of Insulation
(Supplier/ bidders shall carry out detailed design and obtain Owners approval prior to manufacturing the items). Door shall be made of self-supporting sections of CFC-Free PUF Sandwich Panels. Jointing of sections shall be carried out in such a way that it shall be free of thermal bridge and shall be fitted with special seals. After installation, the doors shall form an airtight unit with the wall panels of the Ripening Chambers. Doors shall be equipped with all necessary safety devices such as gripping device in the event of rope breakage, under walk protection switch and any other item / device according to International / Indian security standards. Prior to starting the commissioning operation all rollers shall be adjusted and this process shall be repeated after about one months operation.
Equipment and devices in the Ripening Chambers: The equipment and devices to be installed in the Chambers shall consist of: 116
High-capacity Air Handling Unit (AHU) equipped with fans, cooling coils and controls. Internal lighting in the Chambers to deliver natural sunlight. Temperature sensors and indicators. Hot-dip galvanized, bolted type steel structure for stacking the layer of pallets in the Chambers.
Air Handling Units Air Handling Units shall be designed for operation with chilled water as the cooling medium. Chilled Water shall be supplied from the refrigeration plant at (+) 6 deg. C. The Design shall be such that these shall be capable of attaining and maintaining the required temperature.
The AHU shall be complete with fans, cooling coils with fins and outer cladding made of galvanized sheet steel. It shall be provided with condensate drain tray, inlet and outlet valves, air distributor and controls like solenoid valve with thermostat at the inlet. The unit shall be designed for efficient operation.
The AHUs shall be suspended in the Ripening Chambers from a supporting structure such that the ceiling of the Chamber shall not be loaded with the weight of the AHU. Further it shall located in the Chamber such that uniform temperature is maintained throughout the stored product. The chilled water piping and electrical wiring to and from the Chambers shall be planned and carried out in such a way that the number of holes in the panels are kept to a bare minimum.
117
Chilled water supply and return shall be made available at one point near the Lanana Ripening Chambers installation from where the Supplier / bidder shall draw the piping of suitable size to each AHU in each Ripening Chamber. Also the chilled water return pipe from each unit shall be connected to the main return pipe installed by the Owners near the Ripening Chamber installation.
The chilled water pipes & fittings to be supplied and installed by the Supplier/ bidders shall be adequately and properly insulated with thermo Cole or equivalent material pipe sections of suitable thickness. The insulated pipelines shall then be cladded with aluminium sheet cladding. Detailed specifications for insulation and cladding are provided in the relevant portion of this tender document.
Whereas, entire installation will be carried out by a local agency, appointed by the Supplier/bidders of equipment, under Suppliers/bidders direct supervision, complete engineering and design of the plant and the system shall be carried out by the Supplier/bidder himself which shall be got duly approved from the Owner. The heat load calculation should also take into consideration factors such as; change of air, door opening, breathing of the stores goods, air circulation, lighting, transmission heat load and heat load by persons and equipment apart from the cooling load of the stored goods.
Heat load calculation sheet indicating the refrigeration load per Chamber as calculated by the Supplier/bidder shall be detailed in the offer.
118
Internal Lighting The Supplier/bidder shall supply and install suitable lighting fixtures in the Banana Ripening Chambers. The type and number of fixtures shall be such that these are suitable for the intended use and provide natural sun light in the Chambers. The light intensity in the Chambers shall be around 150 lumens and shall be uniform through out the Chamber. All the light fixtures shall be suitable for operation on 240 Volts 50 Hz. AC electrical power supply. Fixtures shall be provided with Metal Halide lamps. Exit indication light shall also be provided near the door.
All the light fixtures in the Chamber shall be wired neatly in conduits / cable tray to a single point near the door and suitable control switches shall be provided in a surface mounted switch box with fuse. The switch box shall also be provided with a power plug and point and fuse for operation of light electrical appliances. The switch boxes of all the Ripening Chambers shall be wired and connected in a central switchboard, with switch and fuse arrangement for the circuits and the incomer, near the MCC. The Owner shall provide electrical power supply to this switchboard. Temperature Sensors and Indicators Suitable temperature indicators and sensors shall be provided and installed by the Supplier/bidder for each Ripening Chamber. The indicators shall be mounted
119
in suitable boxes and shall be installed at approximate locations for each Chamber. The indicators shall be digital type and the size shall be such that these can be easily read from a distance of 10 meters.
All the electrical appliances and equipment within a Chamber shall be pre-wired and the cabling / wiring shall be terminated in the electrical power distribution panel / control panel. All the electrical feeders in the power distribution panel shall be provided with short-circuit and overload protection.
Hot-Dip Galvanized, Bolted Type Steel Structure
a total of 48 pallets will be accommodated in each of the Banana Ripening Chambers in 2 layers staking. A structure is, therefore, required to be installed in each Chamber which may, if required, be also used to support the air handling units. This structure should be installed in such a way that the forklift can move in the Chamber and place the pallets easily. The design must be pre-engineered to achieve optimum usage of materials. Air Refreshing Arrangement The periodical air change in the Chambers is to be obtained though a ventilation system. The ventilation system for each Ripening Chamber shall consist of
electrically operated and controlled airtight flaps with suitable ducting and an exhaust fan if necessary. Ethylene free air is taken from outside and blown inside the Chambers.
120
Design of ventilation system shall be such as to achieve the following objectives: A ventilation short-circuit should never be possible i.e. it should not be possible to take exhausted from the Ripening Chambers in the Chamber again.
Flaps should not open under normal operating conditions, which could lead to loss of ethylene during injection of gas.
Ethylene Gas Station
The Ethylene Gas Supply Station shall consist of a gas collector from gas cylinders, pressure reducers / pressure regulators and gas distributor. Gas collector shall be designed with two independent set of gas manifolds each suitable for collecting 6 nos. gas cylinders and each complete with a pressure reducer / regulator and gas distributor. It may be noted that the ethylene gas cylinders shall contain maximum of 5% ethylene gas. The automatic operation of the system should allow switch over from one set of cylinders to the other set of cylinders in the event of a fail in gas pressure below the pre-set point. In the event both the systems have low pressure, the system should sound an alarm. Pressure Reducing Station shall be designed to reduce the gas pressure from the cylinder pressure (200 bar) to a pre-set value such as 3-4 bars.
121
The Gas Distributor with all accessories shall be designed to distribute desired quantity of ethylene gas from the cylinders to the designated Ripening Chamber in fully automatic operation. Gas injection installation at each Ripening Chamber shall consist of gas filter, solenoid vale and flow mater to meter the quantity of gas injected in the Chamber. Entire gas tubing the interconnect various components of Gas Station the injection system shall be of copper of suitable diameter and thickness, and shall be sized and carried out in such a way that there shall be no frosting on the components under normal operating conditions.
Electrical Cabling & Earthling Complete electrical for interconnecting individual motor and other electrical equipment in the Banana Ripening Chambers shall be supplied and installed by the supplier/bidder.
Supply, laying and termination of required quantity of armored LT power cables/ control cables/ instrument cables of suitable sizes with cabling accessories in GI perforated cable trays and GI conduit pipes. Necessary GI perforated cable trays,
122
GI conduit pipes, earthling conductors, earth pits, emergency-stop isolator in SS enclosures of totally water-proof construction near all motors should be supplied and installed. Vertical drop of the cable trays shall have to be covered with cable tray cover. Size of power cables for different capacity loads / motor ratings are indicated in enclosed cable selection charts and similarly for earthling. Accordingly,
supplier/bidder should provide and install the same. Power cable suitable for use in 415 V system shall be of 1100 Volts grade, copper conductor, PVC insulated, armored and overall PVC sheathed strictly as per IS: 1554 (Part-1) 1976 amended till date. The control cables should be of copper conductor with the specifications described as above. Supply and placement of rubber mats of proper sizes as per relevant rules are to be provided for MCC and control panels. In control cabling, 20% spare cores in addition to the requirement shall be provided. Tentative information indicating total connected electrical load of the Banana Ripening Chambers as well as individual equipment load details along with single line diagram (showing the complete distribution network) and general arrangement drawing of the motor Control Center including control circuit diagram shall have to be provided in the offer to facilitate effective technical scrutiny.
123
The electrical distribution system will be suitable to operate, control, and maintain all the parameters required for safe operation of the system. The
electrical LT distribution system specification is detailed below but not limited to and is included within the scope of the bidder. Motor Control Center for Banana Ripening Chambers Functional requirements: To receive, control and distribute AC electrical power at 415 V, 50 Hz in a sheet steel housing. Design Requirement and Scope of Supply:
Statutory Requirements: Motor Control Center is to be manufactured / assembled as per the latest ISI specifications and Indian Electricity Rules including special requirements of concerned State Electrical Inspectorate and the detailed specifications as mentioned below. The motor control center should be completely dust, weather & vermin proof conforming to IP-55 standard. The MCC is to receive control & distribute AC electrical power at 415 V, 50 Hz to all the electrical loads proposed to be connected in the Ripening Chambers.
124
It should have all incoming and outgoing feeders for all the motors of all the Ripening Chambers. Type: Suitable for indoor installation with a provision for expansion and to be fabricated as per detailed specification described and as per IP-55.
The rating of the incomer switchgear to the panel and the bus bars within the panel shall be 1.25 times of rates full load current of connected load of the panel. Out-going Feeders: Required number of feeders to feed electrical power to all the motors and control points within the Ripening Chambers along with suitable ratings of switchgears and protections. Additional 20% spare feeders for future load of different ratings are to be provided in the MCC. One number 100A TPN SDF unit for welding point is to be provided in the MCC.
All out going feeders shall have isolation facilities such as switch dis-connector fuse unit, contractor, thermal/magnetic over load protection and necessary operating control etc.
Only switch dis-connector fuse units are to be used in the MCC for isolation purpose and not switch fuse unit.
125
Switchgear ratings for out going feeders are to be selected as per the enclosed selection chart and accordingly the same are to be provided.
The MCC shall be fabricated out of 14 SWG sheet steel and shall consist of free standing front openable panels arranged to form a continuous line-up of uniform height. Front door shall be hinged type and bus bars and cable alleys covers shall be bolted type.
MCC shall be extensible at both the ends by addition of vertical section. Ends of the bus bars shall be suitably drilled for this purpose.
The MCC shall be totally enclosed, dust, weather and vermin proof Gaskets of durable material shall be provided for doors and other openings. Suitable hooks shall be provided for lifting the boards. These hooks when removed shall not leave any opening in the board.
All hardware shall be corrosion resistant. All joints and connections shall be made by galvanized zinc passivated or cadmium plated high tensile strength steel bolts, nuts and washers secured against loosening. The switchboard shall be in cubical design (each feeder components are housed in individual cubical). Suitable cable and bus bar alleys shall be provided. All components of the MCC shall be approachable from front.
126
Painting:
All metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and degreased to remove all scales, rust, grease and dirt. Fabricated structures shall be pickled and treated to remove any trace of acid. The under-surface shall be prepared by applying a coat of phosphate paint and a coat of yellow zinc chromate primer. The undersurface shall be made free from all imperfections before undertaking the final coat.
After preparation of the under surface, the MCC shall be powder coated and finished in Siemens Grey texturised finish of 60-80 micron and sheet steel fabrication should be treated in seven tank cold pre-treatment process before powder coating. The finished panels shall be dried in stoving ovens in dust free atmosphere. Panel finish shall be free from imperfection like pinhole, orange peels, run-off paint etc. All unpainted steel parts shall be cadmium plated or suitably treated to prevent rust, corrosion etc. Name Plates: Nameplates for all incoming and outgoing feeders shall be provided on doors of each components. Nameplates shall be fixed by screws only and not by
adhesives. Special danger plates shall be provided as per requirement.
127
Stickers should be provided for all components giving identification no. as per detailed writing diagram inside the MCC.
Bus bar Sizing, Connections and Supports: The bus bars shall be made from high conductivity electrolytic copper conforming to grade E91E of IS-5082. The bus bars and supports shall be capable of withstanding the rated and short circuit current stated in the single line diagram/feeder details specified at 3.0. Maximum current density for Aluminum bus bars shall be 0.8 amperes / sq. mm. An earthing bus bar shall be provided outside the MCC at bottom throughout the length of the panel.
The bus bars shall be provided with heat shrinkable insulating sleeve. Supports for bus bars shall be made of suitable size heavy duty SMC heavy duty and these should be adequate in number so as to avoid any sag in the bus bars. For power interconnection within the MCC: Copper conductor PVC insulated cables of adequate cross section shall be used. Minimum size of copper conductor to be used shall be 2.5 sq. mm. Cable lugs / sockets of suitable size and type shall be used for all interconnections.
The copper surface will be silver-plated and the aluminum surface will be properly cleaned and supplied with oxide inhibiting grease.
128
For each outgoing feeder suitable size terminal blocks (min 3 ways) shall be provided in its cubical and wiring up to these from contractors shall be done by the panel supplier.
For incoming and outgoing feeders of the MCC copper conductor cable will be used and hence the panel is to be designed for receiving these.
To prevent accidental contacts, all interconnecting cables/busbars and all terminals also shall be shrouded.
Standard color code of Red, Yellow and Blue for phases and Black for neutral is to be followed for all bus bars/conductors.
Auxiliary wiring and Terminals:
Wiring for all controls, protection, metering and signaling etc. inside the witch board shall be done with 650 volts gray colored PVC insulated copper conductors. Minimum size of these conductors shall be 1.5 sq.mm Control wiring to components fixed on doors shall be flexible type.
All control wiring should be provided with necessary cable sockets/lugs at both ends. Conductors shall be terminated using compression type lugs. Each termination shall be identified at both the ends by PVC ferrules. The identification termination numbers should match with those on the drawings.
129
Control wiring for motor feeders should be such that the Green indication lamp of motor feeder is ON only when the control as well as power circuit of the feeder is ON and it shall have its own fuse.
For all motor starter feeders, provision for control wiring to remote ON/OFF control is to be made. The auxiliary wiring for the same shall be brought up to terminal block in the feeders cubicle.
Switchgears:
Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCB) MCCBs shall be provided with separate operating handle mechanism with door interlocking. The MCCBs shall be of three / four pole construction arranged for simultaneous three/four pole manual closing or opening and automatic instantaneous tripping on short circuits. Operating handle shall give a clear ON/OFF & TRIP indication. The ratings shall be as specified in feeder details.
Rated breaking capacities of MCCBs shall be as under:Up to 125A Above 125 A but up to 25A 25A 35A
HRC fuses should be provided for MCCBs below 250 amps rating to make their rupturing capacity minimum 35 KA, if required. Control voltage shall be 240V.
130
All feeders having MCCBs shall be provided with neutral link complete with isolating link. Switches: Switches shall be load-break, heavy duty, air break and continuous maximum rating type with manual quick make/break mechanism. Mechanical interlock shall be provided to prevent opening of door in switch Closed position and prevent closing of switch in door Open position. However, it should be possible to defeat this arrangement for testing purpose.
Fuses: These shall be HRC cartridge link type with operation indicator which will be visible without removing the fuses for service. These shall be complete with moulded phenolic fuse base and cover.
Contactors:
The rating of the power contactors shall be as required depending upon the feeder rating indicated in the specifications and as per the table given at 6.21.7.4 below. Contractor coils shall be suitable for 240 volts. 50 Hz AC supply with H class insulation, unless otherwise specified. All contactors shall be supplied with minimum 2 NO+2NC auxiliary contacts. Additional contacts, if required for interlocking, shall also be provided.
131
All contactors of motor starters shall be suitable for mixed duly i.e. AC3 and AC4 operation unless specified otherwise.
Protective Devices:
Bimetal overload relays shall be provided for all motor feeders. The relays shall be adjustable and self reset type.
Any other relays, if required for motor feeders shall be specified in the feeder details. Push Buttons:
Push buttons shall be with contact elements, generally mounted on openable covers. Colours shall be as follow: Stop/Open / Emergency Start/Close - Read - Green
It should have minimum 1 NO + 1 NC contacts. Push buttons with built-in indication lamps shall also be accepted in which case separate indication lamps are not required. Indication Lamps: All outgoing and incoming feeders shall be provided with ON indication lamps. Colours shall be as under:
132
PHASE ON OFF TRIPPED
: Red, Yellow & Blue : Red : Green : Yellow
Indication lamps shall be in the form of cluster of high intensity light emitting diodes (LED) to give bright indication. These lamps shall be of 22.5 mm dia having operating voltage of 240 V, AC. Current Transformers: Current Transformers (CTs) shall be cast resin insulated types. Primary and secondary terminals shall be marked indelibly. CTs shall preferably be mounted on stationery parts. CT rating and ratios shall be as per feeder ratings. Separate CTs are to be provided for protection and metering purposes. Measuring Instruments: These shall be of square pattern having dimensions 96 mm x 96 mm, flush mounting type. Necessary auxiliary instruments like CTs, VTs, etc are also included in the scope of supply.
All AC meters shall be of Moving iron type having Class 1.0 accuracy. Ammeters for motor feeders shall have anon-linear compressed scale at the end of indicate starting current.
133
Voltmeters shall be suitable for direct line connection and shall be connected through fuses only.
Energy, meters shall be suitable to measure unbalanced loads of 3 switches and those for motors shall be without selector switches.
Ammeters provided for switch fuse units shall be with rotary selector switches and those for motors shall be without selector switches.
All voltmeters shall be provided with selector switches. Ammeters for 20 amps. And above shall be CT operated. Unless specified otherwise ammeter provided for switches fuse/MCCB/ACB units shall be with rotary selector switches to indicate current in all three phases and those for motors shall be without selector switches to read current in one phase only.
The following selection table shall be followed for starters of motor feeders unless otherwise specified: Sr.No . 1. 2. 3. 415V Motor HP 0 to 3 HP 3.7 to 5.0 HP 5.1 to 7.5 HP Contactors Rating Amps. 16 25 32 Switch/MCC B Rating Amps. 63 SDF 63 SDF 63 SDF Type 1.of Starter DOL DOL DOL
134
Fuse ratings shall be selected as per the motor rating. Electrical interlocking shall be provided between various feeders as required by the process and specified in feeder details.
Supplier/bidder submit General Arrangement & power circuit drawing for approval to owner before starting manufacture MCC.
Whenever remote control is to be provided for motor feeders, only Red Push Button for
OFF shall be provided on the MCC. Motor starters shall be suitable for mixed duty unless specified otherwise. Maximum length of a shipping section of the panel shall be 2500 mm For D.O.L. starter up to 5.0 HP Motor 4 mm sq. cable should be used and from 5.0 HP to 7.0 HP 6 sq.mm cable should be used.
Following selection shall be followed for earthing of electrical loads: Control switches/glands Motor upto 7.5 HP - Copper wire 14 SWG - Copper wire 10 SWG
Bidders should specify maximum two reputed, makes of all the switchgear times that they would like to supply, in order of preference.
All the major components of an MCC shall be of same make.
135
Testing & Inspection: During fabrication, if desired, switchgear shall be subject to inspection by the Owner or by an agency authorized by the Owner. Manufacturer shall furnish all necessary information concerning the supply to Owners inspector.
Tests shall be carried out at manufacturers works under his care and expense. All routine tests as specified by the applicable standard code shall be conducted.
In additional specific tests shall be conducted to check mechanical and electrical operation and switchboard wiring to specification and spermatic diagrams as detailed under:-
These tests shall be provisionally conducted at the manufacturers works by providing temporary connections to switchgear unit to simulate the actual conditions. Tests shall be finally performed at the site in the presence of the manufacturers specialist, once the external cable connections have been completed.
An inspector of Owner or an agency authorized by the Owner shall witness shop tests.
136
Drawings and Calculations: Schematic diagram shall be supplied to specify the control requirements for each feeder. These schematic diagrams shall also show any inter-tripping which has to be provided. The supplier/ bidder shall develop the general arrangement and schematic drawing adding necessary auxiliary devices, accessories, components which are required for the safe, convenient, efficient and proper operation of the MCC. Once suppliers /bidders schematic diagrams have been approved by Owner, the manufacturer shall prepare wiring connection diagram for each cubical. These diagrams shall show any wiring inside the cubicles starting from the cubicle terminals strips. These diagrams shall be used by the Owner for trouble shooting and shall show every device, terminal and wire number. Manufacturer shall submit the required number of prints and reproducible of schematic, general arrangement and wiring diagrams as indicated in the material requisition. Packing and Transport: The switchboard shall be shipped to site packed in wooden crates. These shall be wrapped in polythene sheets before being placed in crates to prevent damage due to rains and moisture. Crates shall have skid bottoms for handling.
137
Dust and vermin proof SS 304 2mm thick instrument panel conforming to IP 55 standard with all the instruments and controllers duly mounted complete with all inter-locking should be supplied. All the controllers and instruments are to be mounted on instrument panel.
The instrument panel should be front openable and wall mounting type for mounting on the front outside of each of the Ripening Chambers. The instrument panel should be completely prewired up to terminal connectors.
All the internal wiring and tubing for field connections should be connected to the terminal block located at the bottom panel. The system should be operational both manually and automatically. Manual over ride facility should also be provided. One set of start and stop push buttons for all motors inclusive of spare feeders should be provided. One space heater for moisture control. Annunciation and interlock system DDC Controllers.
Electrical cabling & wiring All electrical cables and wires to be supplied and installed for interconnecting the various power usage points with the MCC and Instrument Control Panel shall be of copper conductor and its installation shall be carried out as per the applicable Indian Regulations for this purpose.
138
Following points shall be specially noted by the Supplier / Bidder while carrying out the electrical cabling: Minimum sweep radius for all cables and wires shall not be less than 8 dia of the cable. The sign (marking) has to correspond with cable lists and charts. Color of the individual wires shall correspond to Indian standard. All breaking-through and connecting passages shall have to be strain relieved. Cables and wire entrance into the Ripening Chambers shall have to be made airtight. Wires and cables laid on the wall have to be fastened at regular intervals. Connection and jointing shall have to be made by connection terminal or connection material (no screw joints shall be allowed). Power and data transfer cabling / instrument wiring shall be laid separately (as per the EMV Regulations). Earthling systems (protective earth, measuring earth, working
earth etc.) shall correspond to India Rules and Regulations. 2.7 Process Control System
Process control system shall consist of ten nos. DDC Controllers, all necessary periphery sensors and actuators, communication equipment, management station based on stationary PC-station with pre-installed basis and visual software and with option for alarm over the telephone pager.
139
Low-level communication installed close to the Ripening Chambers shall be suitable for and connected to a stationary Handheld or Portable P.C. The required software shall be supplied and installed by the Supplier/ bidder. A soft copy of the software shall also be supplied by the Supplier/ bidder for the purpose of loading in case of corruption of the loaded software.
The disk storage capacity of the PC shall be sufficient to store at least six months operational records of the Ripening Chambers and the ripening data.
2.3
Side Distance Guiding Sheet Steels For Concrete Bumper.
Supply and installation of the side guiding buffers shall involve supply of sheet steel buffers of approx. 200 mm height and approx. 300 mm width.
The supporting structure shall be made of sheet steel which shall be fixed with the floor. The distance guiding sheets shall be of stainless steel. The sheet steel construction shall be robust (sheet thickness 2 to 3 mm) and shall be mounted such that no mechanical strain shall be transferred to the walls of the chamber.
2.9
Chamber Protective Posts:
The protective posts shall be mounted in front of the Ripening Chambers such that no damages to the door and chamber walls are caused.
140
In view of this the construction of the Protective Post and its fixing shall be such that it will be able to absorb the impact of the forklift truck if collided with it. The posts shall preferably be made of galvanized steel tube and fastened with bolts on the ground. 2.10 Start-Up This shall cover all labor and deliveries when the installation is ready and its stepby-step operation is commenced. Start up time of the entire installation
comprising 10 nos. Ripening Chambers shall not be more than ten days.
1. Documentation of Complete Engineering Data within a period not exceeding 40 days after signing the contract the Supplier/bidder shall supply a complete set of engineering data (documentation) for checking purpose. The documentation shall contain the following parts: a. b. c. Construction Plans of the Banana Ripening Chambers PI flow charts with all basic and additional information Basic information:
All devices, machines and main flow charts necessary for the process Naming the inputs and basic material, declaration of the flow & quantity of flow. Naming the supplier/bidder of AHUs and all other equipment Characteristic service conditions 141
d.
All installed devices and machines incl. Prime movers, tubes, fittings and safety devices. Size of pipes, tubes and wall thickness Outlining the insulation of devices, machines and tubes Typical sizes and data of devices and machines. Additional information: Desired value for measuring, control, regulating, checking. Supplementary service conditions Specifications of tubes, pipes, devices, fittings, machines etc.
e.
List of parts of all devices, machines, fittings, control gear and other components with exact declaration such as : Supplier Year of manufacture Type Model Electrical installation plans with all necessary data of the installed devices, as e.g. function marking etc.
f.
g.
Circuit diagrams: Separately for power control circuits/wiring and cabling. Symbols for contact units and switching devices for electric supply or parts thereof to be separately marked and arranged so that the flow of circuitry is as rectilinear as possible and can easily be traced.
142
All circuits shall be drawn in idle condition of equipment without being energized.
In order to easily trace the switching sections of contactors, tables shall be drawn under the contactor coils to list the location of contacts.
Connection plans of all distributors and devices shall be indicated.
Operational
and
trouble-shooting
instructions
shall
be
included in a functional description of the facility. 5. Spare Parts The Supplier/bidder shall list out and indicate unit rates of all the spare parts required for two years normal operation of the entire facility. Owner shall be at liberty to order few or all the spare parts listed by the Supplier /bidder. All the ordered spare parts shall be supplied by the Supplier/bidder at least one week before starting the operation of the facility. Apart from the operational spare parts as described above the Supplier/bidder shall supply start-up Kits of essential parts which may be needed at the time of starting the operation of the facility. 6.0 General Technical Conditions The technical conditions pertain to:
143
Planning Project work Delivery (loading, transport to ICD Bangalore) of equipment Supervision of erection at site (erection to be carried out through a local party) Start-up operation Handing over of project warranty
All equipment, appliances and components shall be brand new and unused and shall be from the latest production series, representing best quality and state-of-the art duly delivered and shall be installed such as to function faultlessly. All equipment, appliances and components shall be supplied from manufacturers having relevant experience in this field for the past 5 years. Cost of materials shall mean all materials, machines, devices, and appliances etc., which are necessary as components parts of the finished Banana Ripening facility, which shall also include all auxiliary materials, which are necessary to install these items satisfactorily. Supervision shall include all indirect personal expenses incurred by the Supplier/bidder in connection with supervision of erection of this project.
144
SPECIFICATION FOR PRE-FABRICATED PUF SANDWICH PANELS FOR COLD SOTRE AND PRE-COOLING UNITS Introduction For majority of areas of the buildings in Vegetables Auction Market, Prefabricated PUF sandwich Panels will be used in walls, ceiling and partition walls. Many of these areas houses cold rooms and air-conditioned spaces and therefore, these panels will also provide necessary insulation from external heat to such areas. These panels are rigid, self-supporting type, which shall be erected on the finished floor of the building. Panels shall also be used in
providing false ceiling in the aforementioned areas of the buildings. As far as floors in the cold stores are concerned, same will be insulated in conventional manner using PUF slabs. Functional Requirement The PUF pre-fabricated panels system shall be used in walls and false ceiling in most of the temperature controlled areas of the building. The panels shall be rigid, self-supporting type having adequate insulating properties. Design Requirement The cold room and other controlled temperature areas shall be made of prefabricated, pre-engineered sandwich polyurethane foam (PUF) insulation panel sandwiched between 0.6mm thick pre-coated GI sheet steel with continuous serrations on both the side for walls and ceiling in the required thickness
145
generally as per the specification provided below. The scope include accessories like, anodized aluminum extruded angles, flashing ceiling support hardware, if required, silicon sealants, in-situ foaming at the required place so as to have appearance like modern cold rooms complex.
The ceiling and wall panels shall be self supported type. The complete cold room, as a self supported module, shall be able to with stand wind velocity of 125 km/hr. The cold room shall be designed with suitable impact protection arrangement considering the usage of pallet trucks/fork lift for material handling. The design of wall panels shall be suitable for mounting the sliding up or sideslide type motorized insulated doors, air curtains and lighting fixtures. Although it is proposed to support the service pipes, forced draft air coolers and cable trays for power cabling from the structural members, partial support may at times be necessary for these items from the walls/ ceiling and hence these may be designed accordingly. The wall panels shall not buckle under the operating weight of the same. Similarly, the ceiling panels should not sag under self-weight as well as the weight of light fitting, etc. which are to be suspended from the ceiling panels. Scope of Work The scope of work includes design, supply installation, testing and
commissioning of the entire pre-fabricated rooms on turnkey basis, complete with fixtures for mounting light fittings, safety system and emergency lighting including installation and commissioning of suitable motorized/manual insulated 146
side sliding/slide-up doors of various sizes with and without suitable high velocity air curtains as listed out in the schedule of quantities. All other materials and accessories, which are required for completion of the entire installation satisfactorily and to get the rated performance should be considered as included under the scope of this job, even though not specified in detail. The entire work shall have to be executed on turnkey basis.
The scope of this job does not include the civil works. However, the panel manufacturer-cum-erector shall provide suitable openings in walls/ceiling panels for installation of forced draft coolers, chilled water piping, power and control cabling, ducting, motorized dampers, etc. and arrange to seal the gaps completely by in-situ injection of PUF/Silicon sealants and make good the same as required after installation of the units, without any extra cost. Technical Specification for Panels Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Sandwich PUF Panels for Ceiling and Walls. The wall and ceiling of the rooms are constructed using pre-fabricated, self supported, sandwich panels insulated with rigid polyurethane form (PUF-free of CFC) of 80/100mm thickness as per specifications. This foam is injected using high-pressure equipment in a precise proportion. The foam density is to be strictly controlled to provide excellent thermal insulation, strength and stability. The facing material (lamination) adhesion to foam shall be excellent and shall
147
have adhesive strength substantially higher than the tear strength of the foam imparting good structural strength to the composite construction. The dimensions of the panel should be stable over a temperature range of minus 60 deg. C to 100 deg.C. Broad specification of the panels and PUF shall be as follows: Density K-Value of Insulation Thermal Conductivity Shear Strength Compressive strength Tensile strength Bending strength Adhesion strength (PUF to steel) Closed cell contents Fire resistance Water absorption Vapour permeability : : : : : : : : : : : : 40+2kg/cum Approx. 0.35 W per Sq.m per degK 0.023 W/sqm/dec C(Aged) 0.1-0.3 N/Sqmm 2.1 kg/sqcm (0.1-0.3 N/Sqm) 3.7 kg/sqcm 410 kg/sqm (0.1-0.3 N/sqmm) 2.9 kg/sqcm (0.1-0.3N/Sqmm) 90 to 95% Self extinguishing as per ASTM D1692 0.2% by volume at 100% RH 0.08 to 0.12 gm/hr/sqm at 90% RH and 38 deg.C. Elasticity module Thickness of outer sheets Material of outer sheets : : : 2.5 8N/Sqmm Min. 0.6mm Profiled Galvanised Sheet steel with tread/depth of profile approx. 5 mm. Amount of zinc coating : Min. 275 gm/sqm 148
Test certificates shall be produced to support above properties. Outer finish on the sheets The panels on both outer sides shall be pre-painted with 25 micron thick silicon modified polyester coating of colour to be decided by the purchaser. Joining of panels Panels are joined by tongue-and-groove system or other similar arrangement. The panels shall not have any conducting parts of whatsoever nature such as additional layer of sheet steel, bore holes, locks etc. between the outer and inner sheet steel layers. As far as the panels for ceiling are concerned, these shall be manufactured in full width and shall be mounted throughout the width of the Chambers without any longitudinal jointing of the panels and/or any intermediate supports. The offer shall include cutting of PUF sandwich panels, wherever necessary, as well as assembly of doorframes. Internal /External Angle The corner joints shall be homogeneously foamed (also to be CFC-Free), sealed with silicon sealing compound and shall be covered with galvanized sheet steel angles.
149
Installation on Floor Panels shall be erected on the floor and sealed with galvanized corner steel (equal to the thickness of the panels), which shall then be fastened with plugs on the floor. All joints, angles and U-shells shall be foamed homogeneously and then sealed with Silicon Sealing Compound. All the materials to be used in this job shall meet the sanitary standards for Chambers for Storage of Food Products according to International regulations. General The system shall be compete with all ancillary items like, corner pieces (L panels), pre-painted steel/aluminum profiles for inner/outer and joint corners, silicone sealants, foam chemicals and all other components and accessories as required. The costs of these ancillary items are included in the respective rates for ceiling/wall panels and no separate payment shall be made for this items. Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Floor Insulation with PUF Slab:Codes and Standards: The design, supply, testing and application of insulation system shall conform to the requirements of the following specifications (latest editions).
a) IS: 661 code of practice for thermal insulation of cold storage. b) IS: 12436 specifications for PUF insulation materials. 150
Materials Specifications Insulating materials shall be of polyurethane conforming to the requirements of latest edition of IS: 12436 insulation materials. The insulation material shall have the following properties: a) Should have a density of not less than 42.0 Kg/cubic meter (-) (-) 5%, if it is to be used for insulating the floor. b) Should have a compressive strength of not less than 2.1 Kg/sqcm. c) Should have a thermal conductivity at 10 degree centigrade not greater than 0.023W/Sq meter/degC (aged). d) Should have water vapor permeability 0.08 0.12gms/hr/sqm Bitumen used as adhesive shall be of industrial bitumen of Gr.85/40 or Gr. 85/25 conforming to the requirement of IS-702. Thickness and Quantities of Insulation Material are specified at the end of the Specification. Method of Application of Floor Insulation for Floors of the Cold Store:a) Clean the surface and apply a coat of hot bitumen at the rate of 1.5 Kg/Sqmtr, with the help of lime brush. b) Fix a layer of 1 to 1.2mm thick waterproof tar felt sheet-using bitumen as adhesive with 75mm overlap at all joints and 250mm overlap at the walls. Alternatively, the bidder shall use polythene film 200 micron
151
thick a vapor barrier and it shall be applied on the concrete surface below the insulation layer as vapor barrier with bitumen as adhesive. The joints shall be staggered and shall have minimum 150mm overlap thoroughly sealed to make it a perfect vapor barrier. The ends shall be turned up the outer wall above the height of protective kerb and completely sealed with silicon sealant.
c) Seal the joints with bitumen and then apply a coat of bitumen at the rate of 1.5 kg/sqm on the outer surface of tar felt and spread it uniformly with the help of lime brush. d) Fix 40mm thick PUF slab insulation using bitumen as adhesive as under. The contractor shall use the insulation slab of any size. Which shall not be less than 1000 x 500mm. e) Seal the joints with bitumen f) Apply a coat of bitumen on the outer surface of insulation material. The contact surface of the application should be such as to ensure a total of 1.5 kg/sqm between the contacting surfaces. g) Seal the joints carefully with bitumen. h) Fix a layer of approx. 3mm thick waterproof tar felt sheet using bitumen a adhesive with 75mm overlap at all the joints and 250mm overlap at the walls. Alternatively, the bidder shall use Polythene film 200 micron thick shall be applied above the insulation as vapor barrier with bitumen 150mm overlap thoroughly sealed to make it waterproof barrier. The ends shall be turned up the inner wall above the height of protective kerb and completely sealed with silicon sealant.
152
i) j)
Seal the joints with bitumen. Concrete flooring (150 thick RCC) and concrete ridges between floor insulation and wall insulation shall be carried out by the Project Authority/MDFVL as per the requirement and based on the approved drawing.
The Project Authority/MDFVL shall arrange to provide concrete flooring over the above waterproofing course. PUF Insulated Sectional Doors & Air Curtains Installation and Commissioning of Cold Room Manual /motorized Insulated Doors and Air Curtains: The Panel contractor is responsible to supply and install suitable motorized, sliding type, insulated cold room doors of size and thickness as indicated in the schedule of quantities with PUF insulation and suitable number of air curtains of width suitable to the door opening. Any additional reinforcement if any required in the wall/ceiling panels of the rooms shall be provided by the panel manufacturer cum erector without any extra cost. Dimensions : As indicated in schedule Approx. 50 mm
Recommended blade width of : Motorized doors `K value of insulation :
0.45 W per sqm per deg.K
153
(Supplier shall carry out detailed design and obtain Clients approval prior to manufacturing the items). Door shall be made of self-supporting sections of CFC-Free PUF Sandwich Panels. Jointing of sections shall be carried out in such a way that it shall be free of thermal bridge and shall be fitted with special seals. After installation, the doors shall form an airtight unit with the wall panels of the Ripening Chambers. Doors shall be equipped with all necessary safety devices such as gripping device in the event of rope breakage, under walk protection switch and any other item/device according to International /India security standards.
Prior to starting the commissioning operation all rollers shall be adjusted and this process shall be repeated after about one months operation.
The panel manufacturer cum erector shall arrange to unpack, assemble, move to the place of installation, install and commission the cold room motorized sliding doors and air curtains in proper alignment along with all accessories. The panel manufacturer cum erector would be held responsible for any damages caused to the door/air curtains due to defective installation leading to improper handling.
Any gaps left out between the doors and the wall after installation shall be made good by the panel manufacturer cum erector by completely sealing the gaps by in-situ injection of polyurethane foam and silicone sealants to protect the integrity of the insulation and vapour barrier. Minor hardware items, as required
154
for installation shall be supplied by the panel manufacturer cum erector without any extra cost. Testing Test Certificates from authorized laboratories shall be provided in support of all physical properties of insulating materials.
All insulation material supplied shall be inspected and tested for density. Sampling of specimen shall be as per IS: 12436 and sampling shall be carried out at site by the Supplier when materials are being delivered. Samples shall be chosen at random by Owner/engineer. Special Notes The supply of necessary ancillary materials for fixing the panels is included in the scope of supply will be required necessary SS holding rods anchor fastener and bolts for suspending the Air cooling units and piping works inside the insulated panel room will be provided by the Refrigeration Contractor, however, the panel supplier should coordinate accordingly with the Owner in advance for providing the openings in the panels. The measurement of the floor surface area where insulation work has to be carried out should be taken before application of insulation work and the same surface area would be considered for payment.
155
Section II Electronic Grading Lines
156
ELECTRONIC GRADING - SORTING LINES
The marketing of the fresh produce without the support of adequate infrastructure too presents a major hindrance to scattered export efforts. The
various export promotion bodies and private exporters who are at a distinct disadvantage in the international market due to the absence of these vital inputs have acutely felt this.
The role of infrastructure in sustaining development of horticulture has been recognized by some states in the country. An effort has been made in some
states with success for development of infrastructure to supplement the marketing exercise of the fruits and vegetables.
As a producer, handler and / or marketer of fruits or vegetables one has already some experience with many steps of post harvest handling of horticultural crops and the general flow of produce from field to market. Small-scale growers and
direct marketers world wise often express concern over produce losses and quality changes during handling that decrease their return on investment, and have to deal with consumers concerns about loss of nutritional value and perceptions of problems with food safety.
The electronic grading system is an integral part of the modern market - Packhouse. The system fully supported by other anciallary equipments and facilities
157
will perform as per expectations.
In other words, the electronic grading system
in isolation will not be able to perform and produce the desired results.
Apart from the various kinds of ancillary equipment and facilities, the other parameters which directly effect the functioning of the Mechanised system is the availability of water in terms of quality and quantity. Electrical power and
standby arrangement, water and waste disposal facilities and the other hygienic parameters need to be incorporated in modern market or the pack-house while establishing the system.
The systems are specifically designed for a produce or a set of produces having similarity in terms of shape, size etc. For example the round and oval fruits like
Mangoes, Oranges, lemon, Pomegranate and apples etc. can be processed on the same line subject to incorporation of some modifications in grading and waxing systems. The basic function of the system is to prepare the fruits by
providing a better cosmetic appearance and special coating to enhance its shelf life. The system has to be perfect in terms of avoiding any mechanical or
handling injury during this transformation right from the loading station to the delivery end. The specialized handling and cushioning material at the different
critical stages is required to be incorporated in the line so that any kind of bruising or injury which is invisible to the eye, can be avoided.
158
RECENT ADVANCEMENTS IN ELECTRONIC GRADING LINES Historically the function of Pack house remained confined to mankind of technologies applied in. Initially, the main function of the pack-house was to In early years of 20th It was,
provide platform for grading the commodities only.
century, Europe, initiated providing sorting facilities for apple growers.
then, clubbed with packing and over the years, it reshaped the whole concept by providing integrated facilities including assembly, washing, drying, waxing, grading, treating, packing, cooling and storing etc. Now the whole focus is on
reducing the pressure on manual handling to mechanical and electrical handling. Recently, technologies have been developed which even check and control quality from various point of view. Chronological and historical development of
pack-house technologies is briefly described as below:1924 1950 1980 1986 1986 1998 First fruit sorter in UK Wooden line First mechanical fruit sorter in UK Electronic cup sizer introduced Higher capacity electronic intelligent sizers developed and introduced. Optical camera based intelligent sizers. Higher capacity based optical camera based intelligent sizers introduce. (can identify external defects and asses weight and color) 1.5 2.5 MT / Hour 5 10 MT / Hour 20 100 MT / Hour
Small size liners capacity Medium size liners capacity Large size liners capacity
2000 - 70 Mt / hour line for tomato, largest in Europe.
159
PROPOSED FACILITIES In order to boost exports various commodities and reduce post harvest loses while improving quality of produce, it is proposed to create integrated facilities for grading, sorting, packing, washing, waxing etc., for following commodities:1. Grapes Electronic Grading Sorting Line 2.5 MT per hour 2. Pomegranate/Mango and oval fruit sorting grading waxing line5 MT/hr. 3. Onion Electronic Grading Line 10 MT/ hour 4. Vegetable Washing Sorting and Shrink Wrapping Line 2.5 MT / hour 5. Colour Vision System Quality Station 6. Pruning/harvesting machines with accessories Detailed specification with some drawings or given below:ELECTRONIC OPTICAL GRAPE SORTING LINE 1) INTRODUCTION OF FULL BOXES OF BUNCHES OF GRAPES Consisting of : Qty 1 : Metal structure which has been properly welded and painted. Qty 1 : Gravity roller conveyor with PVC rollers; width 500mm length 4000mm Qty 1 : Full box belt motorized conveyor 21000mm long x 400mm wide. 2) LOADING STATIONS Note: bunches of grapes are removed from incoming full crates, while the crates are in motion. The bunches are then tidied to remove any damaged berries and the cleaned bunches are suspended on hooks which convey the bunches to the
160
packing stations. The crates when empty are transferred to a conveyor which returns the empty crates to the beginning of the line. Qty 1 : Twin loading stations ( total 14 persons) each consisting of : Qty 1 : Metal structure which has been properly welded and painted. Qty 1: Supports for crates of rejected grapes 600mm x 400mm. Qty 1: Conveyor for suspended bunches of grapes. 3) REMOVAL OF EMPTY CRATES Qty 1 : Belt conveyor for empty crates 19500mm long x 400mm wide Qty 1 : Belt conveyor for empty crates 2500mm long x 400mm wide Qty 1 : Gravity roller conveyor 7000mm x 500mm 4) OPTICAL GRADING SYSTEM Consisting of: Qty 1 : Metal structure which has been properly welded and galvanized. Qty 2 : colour and infrared electronic cameras with separate colour and IR lenses; Qty 1 : Software to measure and select average bunch colour, average size of bunch and average diameter of the individual berries. 5) WEIGHING OF BUNCHES Consisting of: Qty 1 : Metal structure which has been properly welded and galvanized. Qty 1 : Weighing section with aluminium load cells with a load capacity of up to 7 kilograms. Qty 1: Software assisting the packer in obtaining accurate pack weights.
161
The machinery must indicate to the packer in which of two crates the bunch should be placed. 6) PACKING STATIONS Consisting of: Qty 20: stainless steel workstations, each comprising 2 carton positions 600mm x 400m for 4.5 and 8.00 kilogram boxes; central position for wrapping individual bunches; dispenser of preprinted labels; one operator interface with lights to assist in the control of box weights; pivoting device enabling operator to transfer the full box to the take-away conveyor without lifting; protective tarpaulin sheet. 7) FULL CARTON TAKE-AWAY CONVEYOR Qty 1: full carton take-away belt conveyor 21000mm x 400mm. 8) OVERHEAD CONVEYOR FOR EMPTY CARTONS Qty 1: Main drive motor with pulley mounted on mast. Qty 4: 90 turn masts with idle pulleys; Qty 19: Intermediary masts to support conveyor Qty: 117 metres of conveyor with two-tier cradles at 2100mm centres. 9) FULL CARTON PREPARATION Qty 1: Full carton belt conveyor 7 metres long x 400mm wide. Qty 6: Pedals to control advance of belt. Qty 6: Workstations for placing of paper covering sheet and lid with box support stand and pivoting mechanism to transfer carton to under roller conveyor without lifting.
162
Qty: 16 rollers to suspend paper covering sheets corresponding to various types of sheet to be used. Qty: 1 roller conveyor for finished pack 13000mm long x 500mm wide. 10) EMPTY CARTON PREPARATION Qty 2: Empty carton preparation tables each with 2 workstations ergonomically designed for placing inner lining in empty carton. Qty 4: Stations for loading empty cartons onto overhead conveyor 11) CONTROL STATION Qty 1: Cabin with lockable door and polycarbonate window panes. Qty 1: set comprising desk and chair Qty 1 : Electronic control system complete with central unit, controllers, PC, printer, keyboard, touch screen monitor, UPS and Microsoft Windows based software. Operating language: English. PC, and associated equipment housed in dust free ventilated rack situated beside the grader. Router enabling remote access for on line service, fault diagnosis and assistance in programming (connection to normal PTT land line or broadband network). Possibility of linking computer to internal PC network to extract data for accounting and production control purposes. Computer is to provide at least 512 Mb of RAM; 80 Gigabytes hard disk memory; Pentium IV 3 GHz processor containing Microsoft Windows based software for grading programme. All computer hardware to be guaranteed for 3 years with on-site service from the computer manufacturers.
163
1.
ELECTRONIC ONION GRADING FACILITY
10 MT/hr Onion Grading and Sorting Line 1. Quality 1 feeding hopper for discharging of bulk onions in small boxes or bags holding capacity 3 tons
Consisting of: Qty 1 : Metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with 1 coat of primer and 1 coat of gloss finish. Qty 1: Rubber chevron belt elevator suitable for food stuff on the bottom of hopper, 900 mm wide. Qty 1: Photocell to detect the level of the product. Qty 1: Infinitely variable timer to adjust the advancing of the conveyor belt. Qty 1: Main drive by means of gear motor with frequency inverter. Dimensions : overall width 2500 mm, overall length 4572 mm. 2) Qty 1 STONE AND SOIL/UNDERSIZED ONIONS SEPARATOR Consisting of : Qty 1 : Metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with 1 coat of primer and 1 coat of gloss finish. Qty 1 : 6 row adjustable coil cleaner with steel shafts and coils. Gap adjustable from 25 to 40 mm. Qty 1 : PVG (PVC / rubber mix) endless belt conveyor for soil and stone removal. Length 2900 mm x 600 mm wide. Qty 1 : Main drive by fixed speed gear motor. Dimensions : internal width : 900 mm. 3) Qty 1 LEAF REMOVAL Consisting of :
164
Qty 1 : Metal structures which has been properly welded and treated with 1 coat of primer and 1 coat of gloss finish. Qty 1 : Device for removal of leaf from head of product with takeaway conveyor and elevator for waste. 4) Qty 1 DRY BRUSHER Consisting of : Qty 1 : Metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with 1 coat of primer and 1 coat of gloss finish, with all contact points in stainless steel. Qty 18 : Rollers with brushes (12 soft, 6 hard). Qty 1 : Motor drive by means of manual speed variator. Qty 1 : Rubber overflap. 4a) Qty 1 DUST SUCTION UNIT WITH CANOPY ON DRY BRUSHER 5) Qty 1 MANUAL INSPECTION ROLLER TABLE Consisting of : Qty 1 : Metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with 1 coat of primer and 1 coat of gloss finish, with all contact points in stainless steel. Qty 1 : Set of PVC rollers. Qty 1 : Fixed device for roller rotation. Qty 1 : Motor drive with speed variator. Dimensions : width 900 mm, length 2400 mm. 6) Qty 2 PLATFORM FOR SORTING PERSONNEL Dimensions : width 800 mm, length 2000 mm, 4 access steps. 7) Qty 1 WASTE PRODUCT CONVEYOR BELT Consisting of : Qty 1 : Metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with 1 coat of primer and 1 coat of gloss finish, with all contact points in stainless steel.
165
Qty 1 : PVG conveyor suitable for food stuff. Qty 1 : Chutes to connect with waste bin. Qty 1 : Main drive by means of gearmotor. Dimensions : width 300 mm, length 2900 mm. 1) Qty 1 INFEED BELT Consisting of: Qty 1 : Metal structures which has been properly welded and treated with 1 coat of primer and 1 coat of gloss finish, with all contact points in stainless steel. Qty 1 : PVC conveyor suitable for food stuff. Qty 1 : Main drive for the belt by means of gear motor with frequency inverter. Dimensions : width 1200 mm, length 2000 mm. 2) Qty 4 PREALIGNER V BELTS TO FEED GRADER Consisting of: Qty 1 : Metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with 1 coat of primer and 1 coat of gloss finish, with all contact points in stainless steel. Qty 8 : Belts (4 V belts) with differentiated speed. Qty 1 : Main drive with frequency inverter. Dimensions : total width 1200 mm, approx. length 1200 mm. Qty 1 : 4 lane roller singulator with separately driven rotation under cameras. Qty 1 : Weighing conveyor. Qty 1 : Drive section with gear motor and frequency inverter, central lubrication, carrier cleaning system, electrical cabinet. Qty 1 : Set of recycling belts for excess product. Dimensions : overall length 7300 mm.
166
3) Qty 1 ELECTRONIC SORTER WITH WEIGHT, OPTICAL SIZE AND COLOUR SELECTION Consisting of: Qty 1 : Metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with 1 coat of primer and 1 coat of gloss finish. Qty 4 : Lanes with carrying hands at 100 mm pitch, carried by a single chain. Qty 4 : High accuracy weighing system by means of load cells. Qty 2 : High resolution CCD / infrared cameras to cover all lanes and detect size (diameter, length and volume) , colour and skin blemishes. Qty 1 : Lighting system for optical vision. Qty 1 : Electronic control system complete with central unit, controllers, PC, printer, keyboard, monitor, UPS and Microsoft Windows based software. Qty 5 : Outlets for calibrated onions with conveyor belts, width 400 mm, length 1600 mm. Qty 1 : Main drive with frequency inverter controlled directly from PC. Dimensions : approx. width 1800 mm. Grader capacity : 10 sectors / second / lane providing a capacity of 100800 onions per hour at a filling rate of 70 %. 11) Qty 4 SEMI AUTOMATIC PACKING MACHINE IN PP RAFIA BAGS FROM 5 TO 50 KG Consisting of : Qty 1 : Metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with 1 coat of primer and 1 coat of gloss finish. Qty 1 : Set of bag coupling devices for bags of 5 to 50 kg. Qty 1 : Automatic tare adjustment system. Qty 1 : Electronic weigher with high precision weighing to pre-set data. Qty 1 : Elevator with cleated belt and separate trickle feed belt to ensure accurate pack weight. 12) Qty 4 GRAVITY CONVEYOR
167
Consisting of : 4 x 1,5 m gravity roller conveyor, 500 mm wide. 13) Qty 1 BULK BIN FILLER Consisting of : Qty 1 : Semi automatic bin filler for pallet based bins, 1800 mm x 1200 mm x 900 mm. Qty 1 : Belt conveyor receiving potatoes from grader outlet belt, 1200 mm x 1200 mm, with fixed speed motor. Qty 1 : Hydraulic system to tilt box over outlet conveyor. Qty 1 : Fall breaker on end of outlet belt to reduce the drop into the bin. Qty 1 : Automatic lowering of bin, via probe with auto stop to conveyor when bin is full. Qty 1 : Manual press button "start". Qty 1 : Light guard access protection. 18) NO 1 GENERAL ELECTRIC INSTALLATION AND CORRESPONDENT BOARD TO SERVE THE LINE of adequate dimensions, consisting of: - automatic magneto-thermic cut-out switch with door lock and realise coil; - electric line control equipment; - system automatic control equipment, with start/stop devices; - board internal wiring with appropriate cable section; min. mm 1,5 for control equipment and min. mm 2,5 for power circuits in according with the European governing rules, copper bars, numbered clamps, finwing and finishing accessories for workmanlike performances; - wiring from switchboard to line uses. In order to operate the electric system, the following will be used and executed: - galvanised steel pipelines, provided with fitting;
168
- anti - flame cables of appropriate section (N1 VVK); - sheathes and connectors; - main grounding system with copper rob between the various machines and between these and the shed grounding system. Boards being located along the line and relevant to machines and/or unites are made with the same feature as the switchboard. 2. SORTING, GRADING LINE, WAXING LINE FOR POMEGRANATE AND OTHER ROUND FRUITS/OVAL FRUITS MANGO,
COMPOSITION
Capacity: 72,000 sectors/hour that means 50,400 fruits/hour with 70% filling rate. SCOPE OF SUPPLY- DESCRIPTION AND COMPOSITION: 1) Qty. 1 DUMPING AND ACCUMULATING TANK IN STAINLESS STEEL Consisting of: Qty. 1 metal structure, which has been properly welded and enforced in stainless steel AISI 304, Width Length Qty. 1 Qty. 1 Qty. 1 Qty. 1 1500 mm, 2000 mm;
pump and relative pipes for re circulating water; double net static filter; accumulation tank; set of waterproof connections. width 1500 mm, Total length 4000 mm.
Dimensions:
2) Qty. 1 ROLLER ELEVATOR / SORTING TABLE WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME Consisting of: Qty. 1 metal structure in Stainless Steel AISI 304;
169
Qty. 1 Qty. 1 Qty. 1
set of PVC rollers; device for roller rotation; motor drive with speed variator. internal width mm 1000, length 2000 (elevation) + 1500 (plane) mm.
Dimensions:
3) Qty 1 WASHER / BRUSHER AND WAXER MACHINE Consisting of: Qty. no. 1 metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with no. 3 layers of epoxies varnish with internal parts in stainless steel AISI 304 Qty. 11-12 brushes for washing. Qty. 2 PVC separator rollers or rollers corresponding.
Qty. 8-10 rollers with donuts sponges for pre-drying; Qty. 6-7 rollers with natural horsehairs rollers for waxing; Qty. 1 set of nozzles and proportioning pump device to sprinkle cleaner on the fruits; Qty. 1 set of nozzles to sprinkle fresh water on the fruits;
Qty. 1 set of nozzles and proportioning pump device to sprinkle wax on the fruits; Qty. 1 back water tank in Stainless Steel AISI 304. internal width 1000 mm, length 3500 mm.
Dimensions:
4) Qty. 1 DRYING TUNNEL Consisting of: Qty. 1 metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with no. 3 layers of epoxies varnish;
170
Qty. 1 Qty. 1 Qty. 1
set rollers; device for roller rotation; fairing device to convey hot air;
No. 1 set to produce hot air with 80000-90000 Kcal/Hour gasoil burner and generator; Qty. 1 Qty. 1 Qty. 1 motor drive with speed variator; thermostat; electric control board. internal width 1000 mm, length 5500 mm.
Dimensions:
5) Qty. 2 BELTS CONVEYOR FOR 90 FEEDING consisting of: Qty. 1 metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with no. 3 layers of epoxies varnish with internal parts in stainless steel AISI 304; Qty. 2 Qty. 1 PVC conveyors suitable for foodstuff; main drive by means of speed variator. width mm 1000, length mm 800 to 1000 aprox.
Dimensions:
6) Qty. 2 BELTS SINGULATORS FOR WELL ALIGNING OF FRUITS AND SIZER FEEDING Composition of each: Qty. 1 metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with no. 3 layers of epoxies varnish with internal parts in stainless steel AISI 304; Qty. 4 PVC conveyors suitable for foodstuff with differentiated speed; Qty. 1 main drives by means of electronic speed variator (INVERTER).
171
Dimensions:
total width mm 800, length mm 2500.
7) Qty. 1 ELECTRONIC SORTER WITH WEIGHT, OPTICAL SIZE AND COLOUR SELECTION 2 LANES AND 14 + 14 EXITS Specially designed for soft and delicate fruits, composed of: Qty. 1 metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with no. 2 layers of epoxy varnish/primer/gloss finish; Qty. 1 metal structure in contact with fruits in stainless steel AISI 304; Qty. lanes convertor with single chain transport systems; carrying at 100 mm pitch. Qty. 1 high accuracy weighing system by mean of load cells;
Qty. 1 high accuracy colour and size (diameter, length and volume) selection devices by means of CCD camaras; Qty. 1 lighting system for optical vision;
Qty. 1 electronic control system complete with central unit, controllers, personal computer printer, U.P.S. and Microsoft Windows based on software; Qty. 1 Qty. 1 Qty. 1 P.C., printer and U.P.S.; 4 exits for calibrated fruits;
drop out device main drive by means of electronic speed variator
Qty. 1
(INVERTER). Dimensions: width mm length mm 900, 24500 aprox.
Sorter capacity: 10 sectors/sec/lane that means 72.000 sectors/hour for 2 lanes considering a filling rate of 70% this means 50.400 fruits/hour.
172
(Independent weighing system by the fruit conveying and discharging system cell weighing system on each lane), with rollers system to rotate the fruits under the optical cameras , capacity 10 fruits / sec/ lane , automatic oiling system, washing and cleaning system for soft discharging system directly onto packing tables with electronic speed variator 8) Qty. 28 PACKAGING TABLES composition of each: Qty. 1 metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with no. 3 layers of epoxy varnish/primer /gloss finish Qty. 1 internal pvc soft rubber coated;
Qty. 1 support table/shelves for boxes to fill conveyor belt 400mm wide running full length of machine. 9) Qty. 2 GRAVITY ROLLER CONVEYORS FOR EMPTY CARTON BOXES FEEDING composition of each : Qty. 1,zinc coated metal structure properly molded; Qty. 2 sets of full plastic rollers. Dimensions: width mm 400, length mm 12.000.
10) Qty. 1 ELECTRICAL MAIN BOARD AND GENERAL ELECTRIC PLANT General electric board and installation following EC rules for safety and quality.
3. VEGETABLE WASHING - SORTING AND SHRINK WRAP PACKING UNIT VEGETABLES LINE AND SHRINK WRAPPING UNIT
173
Vegetable sorting line and shrink wrapping unit at Fruit & Vegetable Market, Azadpur. VEGETABLE SORTING AND PACKING LINE FOR CAULIFLOWER / CABBAGE / ROOT VEGETABLES SHRINK WRAPPING MACHINE FOR CAULIFLOWER AND CABBAGE V CABBAGE CAULIFLOWER TRIMMING AND PACKING LINE
4) Qty 1 INFEED BELT For manual placing of product onto line. Consisting of :
174
Qty 1 : Metal structures which has been properly welded and treated with 1 coat of primer and 1 coat of gloss finish, with all contact points in stainless steel. Qty 1 : PVC conveyor suitable for food stuff. Qty 1 : Main drive for the belt by means of variable speed motor. Dimensions : width 1200 mm, length 5000 mm. 5) Qty 1 ROLLER ELEVATOR Consisting of : Qty 1 : Metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with 1 coat of primer and 1 coat of gloss finish, with all contact points in stainless steel. Qty 1 : Set of anodised aluminium rollers. Qty 1 : Main drive by means of variable speed motor. Dimensions : width 1200 mm, length 2000 mm. 6) Qty 1 RAW PRODUCT BELT Consisting of : Qty 1 : Metal structures which has been properly welded and treated with 1 coat of primer and 1 coat of gloss finish, with all contact points in stainless steel. Qty 1 : PVC conveyor suitable for food stuff. Qty 1 : Accumulation system with photocells. Qty 1: Main drive by means of variable speed motor. Dimensions: width 1000 mm, length 12000 mm. Qty 24: Preparation tables with chutes to under belt. 7) Qty 1 UNDERBELT FOR WASTE Consisting of : Qty 1 : Metal structure which has been properly welded and treated with 1 coat of primer and 1 coat of gloss finish, with all contact points in stainless steel.
175
Qty 1 : PVC conveyor suitable for food stuff. Qty 1 : Main drive by means of fixed speed motor. Dimensions : width 600 mm, length 12000 mm. Qty 1 : Elevator with cleated PVC belt, width 300 mm, length 2500 mm. 8) Qty 1 OVER CONVEYOR FOR TRIMMED PRODUCT Consisting of : Qty 1 : Metal structures which has been properly welded and treated with 1 coat of primer and 1 coat of gloss finish, with all contact points in stainless steel. Qty 1 : PVC conveyor suitable for food stuff with descending end section. Qty 1 : Main drive by means of fixed speed motor. Dimensions : width 600 mm, length 15000 mm. 9) Qty 1 SHRINK WRAPPING MACHINE Designed for shrink wrapping of single product without tray. Automatic in feed with self-centering device for products up to 300 mm diameter. 10) Qty 1 ROTATING TABLE
Melamine type surface with cushioned edges. Diameter 1800 mm. Qty 1 : Main drive by means of fixed speed motor. 9) NO 1 ELECTRICAL MAIN BOARD AND GENERAL ELECTRIC PLANT of adequate dimensions, consisting of: - automatic magnetothermic cut-out switch with door lock and realise coil; - electric line control equipment; - system automatic control equipment, with start/stop devices;
176
- board internal wiring with appropriate cable section; min. mm 1,5 for control equipment and min. mm 2,5 for power circuits in according with the European governing rules, copper bars, numbered clamps, fin wing and finishing accessories for workmanlike performances; wirings from switchboard to line uses.
In order to operate the electric system, the following will be used and executed: - galvanized steel pipelines, provided with fitting; anti-flame cables of appropriate section (N1 VVK); sheathes and connectors; main grounding system with copper rob between the various machines and between these and the shed grounding system. Boards being located along the line and relevant to machines and/or unites are realized with the same feature as the switchboard. PROPOSED PRODUCE MIX SEASONAL CALENDAR This market pack house ideally is designed for one kind of produces keeping in view their treatment requirements, shape, size and packing considerations. At
the same time in conditions of markets differ significantly from tht of the ordinary commodity specific pack house. The market receives different kinds of round
and oval shape of fruits, which can be commonly process by the same facility. For instance, the line specially designed for pomegranate or for citrus can easily process mango with same efficiency. Common processing facility for pomegranate, citrus and mango
177
The general facilities in this proposed pack house are being designed keeping in view the pack house requirements of pomegranate citrus and mango. The
sequence of stages or in other words the flow of produces from one end to the other is specifically designed commonly suiting to these commodities. The shape of these fruits is such that it can be mechanically graded by size or shape graders, and additionally, an electronic weight grader is also
recommended in which the size of the fruit is determined by the weight of the fruit irrespective of its size and shape. Proposed market will receive fruits in quite large quantity. Secondly, the pack
house facilities can also be used for bringing the product from different region and preparing in the pack house as per the target market requirements. fashion the pack house facilities will be utilized for the year around. In this This will
also lead to have the better financial viability of the proposed investment in the project. Following users have been identified which may prefer quality produced well processed in the pack-house and make the same financially viable. Exporters Cold Storage Owners Transit Traders Bulk Buyers and Cash & Carry Institutional Buyers Importers Government Agencies engaged in marketing
178
Processors Quality Conscious consumers
The same processing line can also be used by not using the certain portion of the machine specifically required for certain treatments. For instance the following
fruits will be processed or prepared for the market in the same pack house during the other period of time. FRUITS Pomegranate Kinnow Organge / mandarin Malta Lemon & Lime Other citrus Mango Guava Ber
VEGETABLES: Okra Green Chillies Cauliflower
179
Cabbage Tomatos Orange / Red Carrot Reddish Peas
The above fruits and vegetables will be available throughout the year depending upon their harvesting season. SEASONAL PRODUCTION CALENDER
The targeted fruits and vegetables are proposed to be handled under the project in the following manner coinciding with the seasonal availability and plant capacity to ensure maximum value addition in the produce:Fruit Line Round/Oval Fruit Line Mango Pomegranate Production Mix Calendar Peak Harvest Month April-May Feb, march, November, December Lime/Lemons February, march, December, June, 120 Off peak harvest Month March, June, July January, September 60 120 Number of Days
July, August Sweet Orange February, November
March, September January, October, March, December 60
180
Even at 50% capacity utilization 180 days will make it a viable proposition. B. Onion Grading Line Fruit Line Peak Month Onion February, march, October Production Mix Calendar Harvest Off peak harvest Month January, September 150 days Number of Days
C. Grapes Grading Line Fruit Line Peak Month Grapes February, April D. Vegetable Sorting Line with Shrink Wrap Unit Vegetable sorting line with Peak Shrink Unit Tomato August, September, December, March January, December 120 Wrap Month Production Mix Calendar Harvest Off peak harvest Month Number of Days Production Mix Calendar Harvest Off peak harvest Month March, January, May 100 days Number of Days
181
Brinjal
February, September,
March, January,
August,
100
May, September 100
Okra
March, September, February, August, October April, November November, March
Cabbage
December, January
60
Cauliflower
August, September, October Total
July, February
100
480 days
182
Section III Colour Vision System - Quality Station
183
COLOUR VISION SYSTEM - QUALITY STATION PORTABLE, NON DESTRUCTIVE ANALYSER FOR FRUIT AND VEGETABLES INTERNAL QUALITY FUNCTIONING Analyses the internal quality of fruit (Brix degree, firmness, ripening grade) without damaging the fruit in any way. The fruits are measured within a second by simply holding the sensor on to the fruit through an appropriate gun equipped with its own light. Data appear
clearly on the color display through numbers and graphics; they are automatically saved and processed so that they can provide immediate statistical analysis of the product. Data can also be printed through the incorporated printer.
It is also possible to transfer the data onto a different system through a floppy disk or USB connection. TECHNICAL FEATURES The measuring times varies according to the setting (0.5 secs min) Features measured Sugar content expressed in Brix degrees Firmness expressed in kg/cm Ripening grade expressed on a scale from 0 to 100
184
COMPONENTS OF QUALITY STATION 1) Qty. 1 Portable impact strength container in aluminum pre-painted containing all the accessories and instruments of quality station. Stationery station not required. Outer size: not exceeding width mm 470, length mm 400, height mm 200. 2) Qty. 1 Sensor fitted on an appropriate gun equipped with its own light. 3) Qty. 1 Built in computer consisting of a powerful pc, which allows the installation of different calculation and word processing software. 4) Qty. 1 TFT super VGA high colour definition monitor. All data may be shown simultaneously (brix degree, firmness, ripening grade). It is also possible to read the minimum and maximum value for each batch 5) Qty. 1 Electronic refract meter for spectrum analysis of the waves registered by the sensor 6) Qty. 1 Printer working with thermal paper 58 mm wide 7) Qty. 1 Keyboard directly fitted into the container 8) Qty. 1 Supply through rechargeable battery or 110 / 220 volt ac circuit 9) Qty. 1 Auto-calibration device required, manual not acceptable. 10) Qty. 1 On and off switch, rechargeable battery. 11) Qty. 1 Floppy-disk reader 12) Qty. 1 Set of connection cables to the mains and for the sensor
185
INSTALLATION AND STAFF TRAINING This includes nr. 1 Technical Engineer from the installer for nr. 4 consecutive days to install the Unit as well as to advise and instruct the staff to use and calibrate the instrument for each kind of product.
CREATION OF MODELS The supply of Quality Station include the creation and setting of nr. 3 models for 3 different fruit varieties. For more models, your staff will have to carry out destructive tests, following the guidelines given out by our technical team, and send them the results via modem (which must be external to Quality Station): once our technical team have processed the data, they will send you the new model. The file of the new model can be directly loaded onto Quality Station. USE OF THE INSTRUMENT Quality Station must be used and handled by qualified and competent staff (i.e. basic PC knowledge): One of them will be appointed as interlocutor between supplier and the Buyer for the customer care and assistance in order to optimize the use of the instrument and to gain the best possible results.
186
Section IV Pre-cooling Unit with Underground Conveyor Based Movements and Mechanized Handling
187
MECHANISED HANDLING SYSTEMS WITH PRE-COOLING
INDIAN SCENARIO
The post harvest handling systems undergone the revolutionary change just after the second world war when the newly emerged large economy looked into the food and nutrition problems of their citizens. The role of agriculture in the
agriculturally based economy like France, USA, Australia, Holland, Canand etc. took the leading opposition in adopting the best cultivation technology and developed the mechanically handling systems as most of these country has shortage of manpower. Secondly development were also initiated because a
very large volume need to handle in very short seasonal harvesting duration. The electronic developments and the advancement on scientific instrument lead to the deduction of various disease and injuries even not visible with the normal eyes. This also raised the consumers expectation in order to consume the best
quality fruits and vegetable both from hygiene and nutrition point of view.
The handling systems are not only required in the fresh fruit and vegetable sector but also need to be incorporated in the food processing industry where large volumes are handled to attain the optimum level of efficiency. The
systems designing and erection depend upon the nature of a particular product and the purpose of preparing the product in a specific manner.
188
The handling systems which work designed as per the needs at the various kind as undergone a tremendous change during the last few decades because of the overall development in technologies applied in the material handling systems. Rights from the harvesting till it final consumption the products moves through the gravity systems forced systems conveyors both on ground and overheads, elevators and lifting systems loading and unloading etc. All these systems need
to be carefully incorporated in the handling systems so that the produces does not get spoiled during the operation.
The modern handling systems are varying in nature requirements and in price depending upon the ultimate expectation from the particular set of equipment in an integrated manner. The large number of companies like Maf-Roda, FMC USA, Foasa Spain, Greffa neathrland, Esshat Eilon Israel, Faminia France, P & F Australia, Samma Italy, etc., are specially in manufacturing the specialized handling equipment as per the requirement of the industry. For instance apple
need to be handle differently from tomato and mangoes definitely in a different manner from potatoes. Similarly the leafy crops needs a different kind of This concept
handling systems as designed and marketed by cryobac Australia. is largely applicable in pack-houses.
Incase of market level material handling, it is essential to have a more strong movement and mechanized handling system in place. Keeping in view the
Indian condition of handling material by various stakeholder at different stages it
189
is essential to introduce a system of conveyor based movement with underground provisions of pre-cooling with ducting system, so that it does not disturb movement of commodities on ground floor.
There are now various specialized companies in India to provide such kind of emerging facilities which can boost in reduction in post harvest losses and enhance business opportunity in Horticulture trade. So far no attempts have
been made designing such systems in markets but the same has been successfully proved in many other areas.
In this direction, it is proposed that market material movement should be on conveyor based. Just after auction of the material it would be placed on
conveyor directed towards shops and Godowns of the buyers through subsurface mechanized trolley based plastic crates. The movement system would
be covered with duct and high speed pre-coolers placed for the purpose would make material reach in a cool and stress free condition. Technical details of the
required length and breadth of the conveyors is given in the foregoing paragraphs.
Pre-cooling
The concept of Pre-cooling is crucial to stabilize many perishable produce.
It
means bringing the produce temperature to its optimum for storage as quickly as possible. It application as a technology wonder for produce to be stored for
190
protected periods of when exported by sea freight are globally acknowledged for various products. Pre-cooling of the product is the process by which the field heat is removed from the product as quickly as possible without causing either dehydration or freezing injury. produce. This process is most essential to prolong the storage life of the fresh The basic idea of the rapid cooling is to slow down the rate of This helps to
respiration as well as the ethylene production of the produce.
prolong the storage life by reducing the carbon dioxide generation as well as slowing the ripening process. It also helps to some extent in slowing down the While it
bacteriological action, which normally leads to spoilage of the produce.
is essential to cool the product as quickly as possible it is also essential that the inflowing air is not too cold as it could lead to chilling or freezing injury to the produce especially to those which are very near to the air ducts. Normally if the pre-cooling time has to be reduced, or the input temperatures are high, it is done by having a higher air flow. relative humidity as possible. Dehydration is avoided by maintaining as high a Normally it is maintained around 90-95%. The
balance to be maintained between temperature, Relative Humidity and period of storage is worked out meticulously for each product category to be pre-cooled. This translates into extended storage life for the produce. In addition, there are Vacuum
various methods of pre-cooling like pressure cooling, hydro cooling.
cooling etc., which are dealt with separately in detail later on in this report. These methods again are applied in accordance with nature of the produce to be pre-cooled and the desired results.
191
Once produce is placed in the cold store, it will radiate heat to the room air by virtue of field-heat and heat of respiration. The sooner the produce is brought
to its optimum storage temperature then the sooner will respiration be brought under control and the maximum storage life of the produce be realized. It has
been said that every hour saved from the movement of harvest and removal of the field heat can add a day to the useful shelf life of the product. Usually
storage rooms designed for holding produce under refrigeration do not have either the refrigeration capacity or the air movement needed for rapid cooling. Thus, pre-cooling for storage is generally a separate operation requiring special facilities and equipment.
Pre-cooling therefore forms a key starting point in the cool chain concept, which is now essential for post harvest handling and marketing of fresh produce all over the world. The table below lists the conditions of temperature, relative
humidity which ensure maximum shelf life for the various fruits and vegetables. However, such results can be obtained only if the necessary preparatory work for produce is done viz. timely and proper harvest, immediate movement for storage, proper segregation and grading of culled and damaged produce, post harvest treatment in pack-house etc. Failure to meet these preparatory
requirements will result in shortening of the expected storage life of the produce.
192
The product properties that should be well understood to properly manage the handling of fresh produce from farm to market are the products physiology and mechanical properties.
Based on aforesaid requirement it is proposed to put up 2 pre-coolers (4 metric Tonne) capacity. The designing, planning, supplying and commencing of
various components of pre-cooling which go into the conceptualization and execution the project on turnkey basis. Dimensions of cubes, anti chambers, situation of reefer systems, Location of Access & Interlinking Doors, Storage System, Electrical Control System etc., are need to be properly planned according to the size and length of the conveyor. This would cost approximately Rs. 50
Lacs in total and 10 KW of power requirements. Technical Specification for Conveyors
From the auction point, the material will be loaded on the 160 meter long conveyor by means of the 50 meter long conveyor, this conveyor will be horizontal + inclined and will run under the ground level
193
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR BELT CONVEYORS Scope: Design, manufacturing & supply of, 1) Conveyor Name: Belt Conveyor Assorted Packages Ref.: BC-01 Qty.: 6 Nos.
Material To Be Conveyed: Maximum Capacity: Conveyor Length: Belt Width: Working Height At Inlet: Working Ht At Discharge: Mezzanine Floor Ht. If any: Angle of Inclination if any: Speed: Belt: Drive Pulley: End Pulley: Snub Pulleys if any: Return Path Rollers:
40 Wt-Kg: Kg Size: ~ Max 10000 Kgs./Hour 250 Nos./Hour 120.00 Meters (Divided in 4 modules of 30 meters each) 800 Mm, 750 750 N.A. 0 6.0 PVC Degrees Meters/min. 3 Ply Qty: 1 Qty: 1 Qty: 0 Qty: 30 Color Gree : n O/D: 114 O/D: 114 O/D: ~ O/D: 48 Width mm: Length mm: Length mm: Length mm: 800 850 850 ~ Mm Mm
MOC: MS MOC: MS MOC: MS MOC: MS
Carrying Path Support: MOC: MS Frame: MOC: MS Leg Supports: MOC: MS Anti-Vibration Mounts: Provided Gear Box Drive Unit: Make:
1.2 Thk Slider Plate Length 850 mm: Made of 2.5 Thk folded sections 50 Sq Tubes Size: M12. Motor Bonfiglioli Bonfiglioli Make:
194
2)
Conveyor Belt Conveyor Name: Assorted Packages WtKg:
Ref.: BC-02
Qty.: 2 Nos.
Material To Be Conveyed: Maximum Capacity: Conveyor Length: Belt Width: Working Height At Inlet: Working Ht At Discharge: Mezzanine Floor Ht. If any: Angle of Inclination if any: Speed: Belt:
40 Kg Size: ~ Ma x 10000 Kgs./Hour 250 Nos./Hour 160.00 Meters (Divided in 5 modules of 32 meters each) 1000 Mm, 750 750 N.A. 0 8.0 PVC Degrees Meters/min. 3 Ply Qty: 1 Qty: 1 Qty: 0 Qty: 34 Color Green : O/D: 114 O/D: 114 O/D: ~ O/D: 48 Width mm: Length mm: Length mm: Length mm: 1000 1050 1050 ~ Mm Mm
Drive Pulley: MOC: MS End Pulley: MOC: MS Snub Pulleys if any: MOC: MS Carrying Path Support: MOC: MS Return Path Rollers: MOC: MS Frame: MOC: MS Leg Supports: MOC: MS Anti-Vibration Mounts: Provided Gear Box Drive Unit: Make:
1.2 Thk Slider Plate Length 1050 mm: Made of 2.5 Thk folded sections 50 Sq Tubes Size: M12. Motor Bonfiglioli Bonfiglioli Make:
195
COMMERCIAL CONSIDERATION
Drawings: On receiving P.O., submission of 3 copies of our General Arrangement Drawing covering Bill of Material, for approval. One copy of the drawing, duly approved will be returned back for records. Ex-Pune Works. Description of Equipment Qty. Price: Rs. Each Horizontal Belt Conveyor- 800mm width x 6 Nos. 37,06,520.00 120 Meters length. PVC Green Belt with K10 center guide on the underside of the belt.(Module Length will be 30 meters) Horizontal & Reversible Belt Conveyor- 2 No. 1000mm width x 160 Meters length. PVC Green Belt with K10 center guide on the underside of the belt.(Module Length will be 32 meters) 2 Nos. Horizontal & Reversible Belt Conveyor1000mm width x 50 Meters length. PVC Green Belt with K10 center guide on the underside of the belt.(Module Length will be 25 meters) 58,82,500.00
Price: 1)
2)
3)
19,13,400.00
10 Nos. 1.15,02,420.00 Electrical Control Panel for each of the conveyors has been included in the price & the scope of supply. Local Cabling is not included in the price schedule given above. Taxes: Turn Over Tax: Excise Duty: Sales Tax: Surcharge on S.T.: Pkg./Forwarding: Delivery: Inspection: As applicable at the time of Delivery. Presently the Taxes are, 1% NIL 13% 10% At actual Within 24 from the date of receiving your Techno-commercially clear & confirmed Purchase Order along with our drawing duly approved. At our Pune works, at your cost.
196
Payment Terms: 100% against Irrevocable Inland Letter Of Credit. Installation: We will depute our team for installation & commissioning of the system to your site and our charges will be 5% of the conveyor price. Service Tax to be paid extra @ 10.2% on these charges. This offer is valid for 30 days from the date of this letter.
Validity:
197
Section V IT-Applications and Networking
198
IT APPLICATIONS AND NETWORKING The Market has been designed and structured to bring efficiency and transparency. Backward and forward linkages have been established with A efficient and integrated business process has been Right from the
service role of banking.
designed which would operate through IT-Applications.
collection center till the final disposal of the produce, computer networking and automation will be considered. A separate business process plan has been
proposed as result of total system study of operations, stakeholders, business, finance transactions and administrations. Farmers would be given free access to multiple kind of information free of cost at their door steps. Each collection
center will be equipped with electronic display boards giving live demonstration of auctions and bids taking place at terminal market. Information Kiosk with
various networks, providing information meaningful to the farmer, particularly arrivals and prices, schemes and programmes, etc., will open a new dimension of empowering farmers.
Total transactional banking would be computerized right from bidding of the commodities till the final payment in the grower and realization of sale proceeds from the buyer. The whole system would be IT-enabled and managed by bank, Electronic Auctions for spot trading as well This effects that the
certain banks express their interest.
as physical bidding would also be a IT-enabled solution.
said market would be first of its kind and pioneering in integration of banking, auctioning, payments, receipts, etc in an integrated manner.
199
Section VI Online Spot Commodity Trading on NCDEX Platform
200
ONLINE SPOT COMMODITY TRADING ON NCDEX PLATFORM In the light of the perceived advantages from Forward and Futures Markets in terms of price discovery and risk management, as spot market based instruments, such markets have been identified as important tools of price stabilization. Extension of forward and futures markets to all major agro This urgency is also
commodities has, therefore, assumed great importance.
reflected in the National Agricultural Policy of Government of India announced in the year 2000. The need for commencing futures trading in all agricultural
commodities has been further reiterated in the Budget Speech (2002-03) of the Finance Minster. National Commodity Derivative Exchange of India has realized possibility of Spot Market for different commodities. The Executive Director of NCDEX (Shri
Narendra Gupta) discussed with NIAM on 25.04.2005 and showed his keen interest in providing electronic platform in the Terminal Market, Nasik. It has been proposed that technological back up, business support system, hardware and infrastructure provided to enable E-Trading partner, particularly live auction will be provided by NCDEX. In addition to the normal facilities of the market, this would be an additional feature whereby any distant trader can participate in online electronic auctions through network of NCDEX.
201
ONLINE SPOT TRADING The purpose of providing separate platform for online spot commodity trading (preferably by NCDEX) is to Provide opportunity to transfer Fruits & Vegetables from Producer to Buyer / end user operating through commodity exchanges. It
is also aimed at realization of consideration amount at the time of sale (preferably within 24 hrs.) with provisions of assured quality goods to buyer at contractual price and mitigation of third party risk. participants of spot market. There are various kinds of
The sellers, buyers, Nasik Terminal Market
Authority (State Agriculture Marketing Board), Assayer, Refrigerated Warehouse, Bank, NCDEX (NSCCL) etc., are prominent players having different roles, functions and responsibilities. The role and functions of different
stakeholders/participants is given in the following paragraphs. 1. Seller: Farmer through their Farmers Associations will bring/send material which would be in accordance with the quality standard for online Spot trading on NCDEX platform. The seller can sale Goods immediately at the given spot prices or can keep the goods in cold store to sale at later stage. would be displayed on trading terminal. from collection centre within 24 hours. payment will be attractive and simple. prevailing system (in Mandi). Rates of various grades of goods
Seller would receive payment directly They system of spot trading and It would be in accordance with the
202
All the payment to the seller would be made from collection centres.
The
consideration amount at which goods were sold would be debited in the buyer account. In spot trading collection centre account would be credited in all the This
transaction in order to facilitate direct payment to seller at the field itself.
procedure would be similar to pay-in and pay-out accured between buyer and seller in forward trading. Cold store would deduct rent and consideration
amount at source itself if produce stored in cold storage.
2. Buyer Buyer from any part can participate in spot trading from member terminal. Rate of various grades of commodities would be displayed on terminal after 12:00 noon every day once regular physical auction is over. Looking to the buying rates available for spot trading, buyer need to deposit entire consideration amount with the concerned trading member as advance margin for the quotation. Every spot trading member need to have separate
spot trading fund with NSCCL. This will facilitates smooth and fast transaction of fund from buyer to seller Via NSCCL.
Once the trade takes place the ownership of the goods would be transferred in the buyer account and the consideration amount would be transferred in seller member account alongwith the next day pay out. would be executed by NSCCL. refrigerated. The clearing of the trade
Buyer can take delivery directly from
203
Role of Market Authority (Terminal Market Company, TMC) TMC is the key participant for the spot commodity trading at NCDEX platform. It would have to take up the following responsibilities. It would provide.
a) b) c)
Refrigerated Warehouse Trading Terminal Facilitator for Loan against produce deposited in the Warehouse through bank
TMC would pay a vital role in the entire operation. window shop for the aforesaid operations.
They will act as a single
This would be in direct competition
to grain Mandi. Traders margins and their business are likely to suffered.
This place would have all the facilities and cultivator/seller would have the option to sell on
1. 2. 3.
Current spot market Store cold store and sale on spot market at later stage Future market
The NCDEX will pay @ 3.5% of value of commodity on any spot trading occurred through this market terminal.
204
Role of Assayer: NCDEX will provide assayer at their cost who would facilitate the quality test of the goods offers for spot sale. Assayer report would be acceptable to both seller and Buyer. The Quality test of the goods would be in accordance with the
tradeable quality standard within the tolerance limit. Each goods would have 3 to 4 quality grades. Grade specification would be based on the common quality
available with the seller in the given area. The validity period of the quality of the goods need to be mentioned clearly and revalidation is applicable only after the expiry of the validity date for any further trade of the goods. Quality test of goods should be quick so that cultivator can
be ensured for the price available on the online spot trading platform and can sell immediately. Role of Refrigerated Warehouse Refrigerated Warehouse need to keep a check on quality deterioration of commodity stored and time to time preventive measure, steps should be taken up to maintained quality standard of stored commodity and Warehouse itself. Quality standard available should be no less than any other warehouse available in the vicinity. Warehouse need to collect rent from the concerned party before These rates need to be displayed for various duration and
the final settlement.
should be in accordance with the prevailing rates. Ownership of the goods would be transfer on buyer a/c as soon as the trade happens and warehouse charges henceforth would be levied upon the buyer till the goods remain in the warehouse.
205
Role of Trading Terminal Trading terminal of NCDEX future market would provide the contract for spot market also. terminal. The participants of the trade would be the Buyer collection centre based farmers associations and the Terminal Market. For any order NCDEX would collect Spot market contract of various grades would be available on the
margin equal to the value of the order from the buyer member and after the completion of trade the ownership of the goods would be transferred from seller to buyer and money would be transferred from buyer to TMC or farmers account as pay out against the trade. Seller would receive payment by cheque / DD
directly or can withdraws from ATMs of collection centre within 24 hrs. It is important to ensure immediate payment to seller (cultivator) after the completion of trade. In the current situation (mandis) they are receiving direct Moreover small and marginal cultivator would like to
payment from traders.
take money immediately. There need to be some kind of payment system like if the sale take place before 12 am then payment can be made by 4 pm and for any trade after 12 pm the payment would go for the next day.
Role of NSCCL Seller in all the cases money from buyer or be credited in his account for all the transaction. ATMs. Collection centre will act pay directly to seller by cheque / DD /
206
Buyer would deposit margin money equal to trade with trading member in advance. Any member of NCDEX can participate on the spot trading. Trading
member need to have separate fund for spot trading with NSCCL. So that for all buying from spot market, spot trading fund allotted with NSCCL would be utilized as margin and as pay-in-against the trade carried out by the buyer trading member. Trading member need to ensure some minimum fund available with NSCCL for spot trading. It is important for trading member to have advance
payment from buyer for spot trading this will protect trading member from all king of spot trading risk.
207
Section VII Establishment of Testing and Certification Laboratory for Food Safety
208
ESTABLISHMENT OF TESTING AND CERTIFICATION LABORATORY FOR FOOD SAFETY Under present agricultural and quality marketing certification system, of introduction of grading of the
standardization
agricultural
produce
farm/market level is of utmost importance to enhance the marketability of the produce and to enable the farmers to realize the better price. This is the first requirement to providing a major thrust in agricultural marketing. Further, for promotion of negotiable warehousing system, it would be necessary to determine/measure the grade of commodities and fix up the rate on the basis of quality. Even in the case of further contract for supply of agricultural commodities, it is possible with reference to different quality grade. With a view to encourage establishment of grading laboratory for testing of produces on the basis of physical and chemical food safety parameters, it is worthwhile to bring out these guidelines, which would facilitate for establishment a grading laboratory depending upon ones requirements to facilitate for establishing a grading laboratory for testing food safety parameters viz Pesticides residues, Aflatoxin, Metallic contaminants and microbiological load in food. Minimum basic requirements are given below. 1. Infrastructural facilities: Analytical room with a fume chamber (20x15 =300sq.ft) Room for microbiological & biochemical testing (20x15=300sq.ft)
209
Instrument room: an air conditioner shall be provided 15x10=150sq.ft) A room attached to the laboratory for receiving and keeping samples, for keeping records and may be used as a sitting room for the in charge of laboratory. (10x10=100sq.ft) The rooms should have proper ventilation and proper doors with which they can be securely closed. The analytical room should have a side working table 2.5, breadth and 3, height, covering the entire length and breadth of each side of the room which at least two washbasins at suitable places with proper drainage facilities. The laboratory should be provided with running water supply and electricity with three-phases connection. Wooden/steel almarah, a table and a chair may also be provided. The building with the above dimension and facilities may cost about 4 to 4.5 lakh. 2. Laboratory organization The grading laboratory shall have at least three grading chemists, out of which two should be at least graduate in science with chemistry as one of the subject and one should have masters degree in Microbiology or B.Sc with chemistry and microbiology. They should have successfully undergone training in the grading of the commodities at an approve laboratory.
210
An attendant whom should have minimum 10th class pass as educational qualification with science as a subject shall assist the grading chemist. The chemist shall carry out the actual grading of agricultural commodities and keep all records pertaining to grading of commodities and shall issue report etc. 3. Equipments, glassware and chemicals are given in the forgoing paragraphs. 4. Laboratory safety and hygiene The laboratory building should have a Pucca construction and the premises should be maintained in a clean and hygienic condition free from contamination. The laboratory should have good ventilation and should be protected from rain. The laboratory should be clean at all times and be practically free from insect, rodents and microbial condition. The waste materials generated through grading and/or other operations should be deposed off immediately so as to avoid any type of contamination. The grading chemists shell strictly abide by the instruction given in the grading manual and follow the methods and procedures as the grading standards of respective commodities.
211
Due care and precautions should be taken while handling hazardous chemicals and electrical apparatus, which should have proper- ear thing to avoid fire due to short-circuiting. Inflammable and poisonous chemicals should be kept away from he sources of heat and naked flame. Fire extinguisher for laboratory purpose should be provided. 5. Maintenance of records and training of the chemists. The grading chemists shell keep all the registers in proper condition and record every details about the grading activities that they undertake at appropriates places. All analytical values should be entered in the analytical register up to the significant levels as required by the test methods and any over-writing or cutting etc. should be authenticated by significant of the grading chemist. It should be the endeavor of the grading station authorities to send the grading chemist for refresher course to organization conducting such programmes to the knowledge regarding their field of work. 6. Permissible limits for Pesticide Residue, Aflatoxin and Metallic Contaminants and Microbial load in food.
The edible agricultural produce for sale shell have to comply with the minimum statutory requirements under the prevention of Food and Adulteration Act and Rules as laid down for each item covered under the said Act and amended from time to time.
212
A maximum permissible limit of 30 ppm is prescribed for Aflatoxin in food whereas for Pesticide Residues, Metallic Contaminants and Microbial load, different limits have been prescribed for different food items.
As per Codex (Codex Alimentarius Vol. 1 A, 1999-Page 305), TLC analytical methods are recommended for quantification of Aflatoxin in peanuts, but the analytical variability ranges from 9 to 82 %. With TLC, the method being manual, chemist-to-chemist variations will be more whereas with HPTLC/HPLC, the variation will minimize. For pesticide, Gas Liquid Chromatograph (GLC) with prescribed suitable columns for pesticide residues analysis along with other accessories should be provided. In case of metallic contamination, the Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer (AAS) shell be sensitive enough to determine various metals well below the maximum, permissible limit prescribed by PFA and Codex for various at ppb level should be preferred.
213
LIST OF APPARATUS FOR PESTICIDE RESIDUL ANALYSIS A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 Quantity 1 No. 2 No. 1 each Approx. cost (Rs) 1200.00 150.00 750.00
Glassware and Apparatus

Explosion proof warring blender Buchner funnel (12 cm dia) Graduated measuring cylinder, stoppered (10ml, 25ml, 50ml, 100ml, 250ml) Separating funnel (Cap. 1 lit) Beakers (50ml, 100ml, 250ml, 500ml) Glass funnels (of different sizes) Glass rods Vacuum evaporator (Rotary) with accessories Centrifuge Centrifuge bottle (500 ml) Centrifuge tubes, graduated and stoppered, 15 ml capacity Water bath Filter paper, whatman No. 1and 4 (dia 12.5 cm)
2 Nos. 700.00 6 each 1800.00 2 each 500.00 500 g 50.00 1 No. 50000.00 1 No. 15000.00 2 Nos. 300.00 6 Nos. 500.00 1 No. 1500.00 1packet 1000.00 each of 100 circle All glass solvent distillation apparatus 1 No. 4000.00 Air oven, electrically heated with thermostat 1 No. 15000.00 Chromatographic column 22 mm id x 300 mm with stop- 2 Nos. 400.00 cock Conical flask 1 lit. Capacity 3 Nos. 500.00 Kuderna Danish concentrator with accessories 1 No. 2.5 to 3 Lakh Laboratory shaker 1 No. 20000.00 TLC kit (with applicator, spreader, board, storage rack etc.) 1 No. 5000.00 Glass Plates 20x20 cm 6 Nos. 400.00 UV light source (long wave) cabinet 1 No. 2500.00 TLC Plate holder 1 No. 500.00 Sample applicator and template 1 No. 500.00 Sprayer 1 No. 200.00 1 No. 1000.00 Micro- syringe (10 l) 6 Nos. 500.00 Calibrated glass micro-capillary tubes (10-25 l) 2 Nos. 300.00 Micro-pipette (10-25l) Chromatographic tank (28x7x26 cm) 2 Nos. 1000.00 Gas chromatograph with accessories 10 Lakh Analytical balance 1 No. 50000.00 Extractor for Pesticide Residue with accessories 1 No. 3.5 to 4 Lakh Vacuum oven with pump etc. 1 No. 50000.00
214
LIST OF CHEMICALS FOR PESTICIDE RESIDUE ANALYSIS B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Chemicals and Reagents Acetonitrile G.R. Petroleum either G.R. (60-80oC) Methyl alcohol G.R. Ethyl alcohol Sodium or potassium oxalate G.R. Sodium Chloride G.R. Phosphoric acid G.R. Phosphorus pentaoxide G.R. Sodium Hydroxide G.R. Potassium hydroxide G.R. Acetone G.R. Anhydrous sodium sulphate Distilled water Diethyl ether (Peroxide free) Florisil (60-100mesh,P.R.grade) activated at 650oC) Benzene n-Hexane Hexane Magnesium oxide Aluminium oxide G Silver Nitrate A.R. Heptanes Pure grade pesticide residue standards: P,p-DDT;o, p-DDT;o, p-DDE;p, p-DDE;o, p-TDE;p, p-TDE; -BHC; -BHC; -BHC; -BHC; aldrin, dieldrin, endosulphan, heptachlor etc. O-Toluidine Silica gel G Hydrochloric acid G.R. Conc.Sulphuric acid Excelar or equivalent Quantity 3x500 ml. 2.5 lit. 3x500 ml. 3x500 ml. 500 g 500 g 500 g 500 g 500 g 500 g 2.5 lit. 500 g 3x500 ml. 500 g 2x500 ml. 2.5 lit. 2.5 lit. 500 g 500 g 100 g 3x500 ml. Minimum packing of each (4x4000) 500 ml. 500 g 2x500 ml. 2.5 lit. Approx. Cost (Rs) 1200.00 300.00 210.00 450.00 150.00 60.00 190.00 425.00 100.00 120.00 500.00 100.00 450.00 10500.00 200.00 1700.00 470.00 435.00 450.00 1816.00 420.00 56000.00
24 25 26 27
408.00 340.00 200.00 430.00
215
LIST OF APPARATUS FOR AFLATOXIN ANALYSIS
A. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Glassware and Apparatus Stoppered conical flask (500 ml) Measuring cylinders (cap. 25,50,100,250 ml.) Chromatography columns (22 mm id x 300 mm length with stop cock) Buchner funnels (15 cm dia) Water bath stainless steel, four holes TLC Kit (with applicator board, storage, rack etc.) Micro pipettes (25l ) UV light chamber (365 nm) preferably in an enclosed cabinet Micro pipettes 1-10l HPTLC System with accessories/ HPLC with accessories Filter paper, whatman No. 1 and 4 (dia 12.5 cm) Refrigerator
Quantity 5 Nos. 2 each 2 Nos. 2 1 1 1 1 Nos. No. No. No. No.
Approx. Cost (Rs) 2000.0 1600.00 400.00 1500.00 2000.00 5000.00 1000.00 2500.00 1000.00 23 Lakh 700.00 10000.00
1 each 1 No. 1 packet of 100 circles 1 No.
216
LIST OF CHEMICALS FOR AFLATOXIN ANALYSIS
B.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Acetone AR Benzene AR Acetonitrile AR Chloroform AR Hexane Methanol AR
Chemicals
QUANTITY
2.5 lit 2.5 lit 2x500 ml 2.5 lit 2.5 lit 3x500 ml 3x500 ml 500 g
Approx. cost (Rs.) 500.00 320.00 800.00 800.00 470.00 270.00 700.00 320.00
Ether anhydrous, peroxide free Silica gel (for column chromatography, 0.05-0.2 mm)
Silica Gel G (for Thin layer chromatography)
500 g
350.00
10 11 12 13
Glass wool Diatomaceous earth (Celite) Sodium sulphate anhydrous Aflatoxin B1, B2, G1, and G2
250 g 500 g 500 g 1 ampoules of each
110.00 300.00 120.00 35000.00
217
EQUIPMENTS AND APPARATUS REQUIRED FOR DETERMINATION OF METTALIC CONTAMINANTS
(ARESENIC, CADMIUM, COPPER, LEAD, TIN, ZINC, MERCURY and METHYL MERCURY)
A 1 2 3 4 5
Glassware and apparatus Pipettes 1 ml, 2 ml, 5ml, 10 ml Beakers 25 ml, 50 ml, 100 ml, 250 ml, 500 ml Volumetric flasks 10 ml, 25 ml, 50 ml,100 ml,250 ml Volumetric flasks with stopper 250 ml, 500 ml
Quantity Two each Two each Two each Two each
Approx. cost (Rs) 400.00 800.00 800.00 1000.00 10000.00
Muffle furnace with Pyrometer to control temperature One No range of 250o C with variations of 10o C
6 7 8 9
AAS Kjeldahl flasks 250ml, 500ml Burner Spectrophotometer with accessories A.A.S with accessories
One each Two each One No One No
600.00 600.00 120000.00 10 Lakh
218
EQUIPMENTS, APPRATUS AND CHEMICALS REQUIREMENTS FOR DETERMINATION OF METELLIC CONTAMINANTS B. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 Chemicals Hydrochloric acid Sulphuric acid Concentrated Nitric acid Sp. Gr.1.40 Bromine Ammonium Molybdate Potassium iodide AR Stannous chloride AR Lead acetate AR Arsenious oxide (Standard solution) Chloroform Carbon tetrachloride Dithiozone Thymol-blue indicator Absorbent cotton Sodium diethyl dithio carbamate Dibasic ammonium citrate AR Sodium salt of EDTA Ammonium hydroxide Copper wire Lead Nitrite AR Aluminium Nitrate Calcium Nitrate to prepare ash-acid Whatman filter paper No. 1 Perchloric Acid Hydrogen peroxide Sodium hydroxide Catechol violet Sodium Acetate Cycolohexane Granular Tin AR Copper sulphate Ammonium citrate Phenol red Dimethyl glyoxime AR -nitrose-- naphthal Pure Zinc Potassium dihydrogen phosphate Magnesium nitrate Aluminium metal Sodium bicarbonate AR Soluble starch Glass distilled water Standard solution of the elements Quantity 2.5 lit 2.5 lit 2.5 lit 5x20 ml 250 g 100 g 100 g 500 g 100 ml 500mlx2 2.5 lit 25 g 5g 450 g 100 gm 500 gm 100 gm 500 gm 500 gm 500 gm 500 gm 500 gm One pack (100 circles) 500 gm 1 lit 500 gm 100 gm 250 gm 500 ml 100 gm 500 gm 500 gm 5 gm 100 gm 25 gm 500 gm 500 gm 500 gm 500 gm 500 gm 500 gm Min. pack of each Approx. cost (Rs) 270.00 430.00 370.00 250.00 750.00 310.00 140.00 200.00 1300.00 400.00 600.00 1000.000 100.00 100.00 220.00 435.00 100.00 938.00 500.00 215.00 200.00 140.00 350.00 600.00 100.00 120.00 1100.00 180.00 250.00 270.00 203.00 436.00 100.00 415.00 800.00 305.00 250.00 100.00 280.00 130.00 350.00 16000.00
219
LIST OF APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENTS FOR MICROBIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS
S.N 1 2 3 4
Description of the item Petri Dish O.D. 100 mm Ht 17 mm Test tubes without rim Durhams Tube Conical Flask flat bottomed
Capacity
Nos. 100
Approx. cost (Rs) 11500.00 1100.00 300.00 2280.00 2040.00 1740.00 1125.00 2125.00 1360.00 2250.00 1200.00 750.00 825.00 280.00 210.00
6x3/4
Box (100) Box (100)
200 ml 500 ml 1 lit
24 12 6 5 5 2 50 25 15 15 6 8
Measuring Cylinder Graduated
250 ml 500 ml 1000 ml
Pipette Graduated up to 0.1 ml
1 ml 2 ml 5 ml 10 ml
Beaker
500 ml 100 ml
220
MEDIA & BIO-CHEMICALS REQUIRED FOR MICROBIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS

Sr. No. Name of Media/Bio-chemical Quantity Required 332/kit 79/100 ml 79/100 ml 1902/500 g 620/5 vials 1571/500 g 1549/500 g 558/500 g 1267/4500 g 1093/500 g 1633/500 g 329/100 g 1200/500 g 1612/100 g 203/100 g 355/100 g 723/500 g 1714/500 g 315/1000 g 355/100 g 428/100 g 255/10 vials 124/Vial 79/Vial 214/100 g 1504/500 g 1346/500 g 355/100 g 255/l 1755/5 ml 2000/500 g Approx. Amount (Rs) 332.00 79.00 79.00 1902.00 620.00 1571.00 1549.00 558.00 1667.00 1093.00 1633.00 329.00 1200.00 1612.00 203.00 355.00 723.00 1714.00 315.00 100.00 428.00 255.00 124.00 79.00 214.00 1504.00 1346.00 355.00 255.00 1755.00 2000.00
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Gram Stain Kit Negative Stain- Nigrosine Malachite Green Baird Parker Agar Emulsion Egg Yolk Tellurite Emulsion Coagulase Mannitol Agar Tergitol 7 Agar T. T. C. Solution 1% VRBA (Violet Red Agar with Lactose) Mac Conkey Agar Mac Conkey Broth for (MPN) or Lauryl Sulphate Broth Basie for (MPN) Brilliant green Bile Lactose Broth 2% Tryptone Broth p-di Methyl-amino Benzaldehyde M.R. VP Media Christensen Citrate Agar - naphthol Sorbitol Mac Conkey Agar Triple Sugar Iron Agar (T. S. I.) Lysine Iron Agar (L. I. A.) Urea Broth Base Urea 40% Sterilized ONPG Disc Oxidase Tetrathionate Broth Selenite Cystine Broth Bismuth Sulphite Agar Motility Test Media Salmonella antiserum polyvalent E. Coil antiserum 0157 Agar powder
221
OTHER LABORATORY ITEMS Sl. No. 1 2 Description of the item Test tube racks (for 12 tubes) paper tolls (PH range 1-10 universal indicator) Steel cages for test tubes Non- absorbent cotton Absorbent cotton Metal boxes (copper) for sterilization of pipettes Slide boxes Cover slip boxes Hand gloves Cedar wood oil Inoculating needles (std. Type) Filter paper sheets 125 gm 6 12 500 gm 500 gm
PH
Quantity 12
Nos.
Approx. cost (Rs) 1200.00 200.00
2 rolls
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
6 Nos. 12 packets 6 packets 6 Nos. 6 Nos. 12 12 Nos.
600.00 960.00 600.00 1200.00 600.00 240.00 240.00 645.00 600.00 600.00
Note:
1. Sophisticated instruments and chemicals differ widely in prices depending upon the sensitivity and quality. 2. Total expenditure for establishment of Grading laboratory for Food Safety Parameters comes to Rs.60 Lacs approximately inclusive of construction cost.
222
PRINCIPLES OF THE HACCP SYSTEM

The HACCP system consists of the following seven principles: PRINCIPLE 1 Conduct a hazard analysis PRINCIPLE 2 Determine the Critical Control Points (CCPs) PRINCIPLE 3 Establish critical limit(s) PRINCIPLE 4 Establish a system to monitor control of the CCP PRINCIPLE 5 Establish the corrective action to be taken when monitoring indicates that a particular CCP is not under control PRINCIPLE 6 Establish procedures for verification to confirm that the HACCP system is working effectively. PRINCIPLE 7 Establish documentation concerning all procedures and records appropriate to these principles and their application.
223
GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION OF THE HACCP SYSTEM INTRODUCTION Prior to application of HACCP to any sector of the food chain, that sector should have in place prerequisite programs such as good hygienic practices according to the Codex General Principles of Food Hygiene, the appropriate Codex Codes of Practice, and appropriate food safety requirements. These prerequisite programs to HACCP, including training, should be well established, fully operational and verified in order to facilitate the successful application and implementation of the HACCP system.
For all types of food business, management awareness and commitment is necessary for implementation of an effective HACCP system. The effectiveness will also rely upon management and employees having the appropriate HACCP knowledge and skills.
During hazard identification, evaluation, and subsequent operations in designing and applying HACCP systems, consideration must be given to the impact of raw materials, ingredients, food manufacturing practices, role of manufacturing processes to control hazards, likely end-use of the product, categories of consumers of concern, and epidemiological evidence relative to food safety. The intent of the HACCP system is to focus control at Critical Control Points (CCPs). Redesign of the operation should be considered if a hazard, which must be controlled, is identified but no CCPs are found.
224
HACCP should be applied to each specific operation separately. CCPs identified in any given example in any Codex Code of Hygienic Practice might not be the only ones identified for a specific application or might be of a different nature. The HACCP application should be reviewed and necessary changes made when any modification is made in the product, process, or any step.
The application of the HACCP principles should be the responsibility of each individual business. However, it is recognised by governments and businesses that there may be obstacles that hinder the effective application of the HACCP principles by individual business. This is particularly relevant in small and/or less developed businesses. While it is recognized that when applying HACCP, flexibility appropriate to the business is important, all seven principles must be applied in the HACCP system. This flexibility should take into account the nature and size of the operation, including the human and financial resources, infrastructure, processes, knowledge and practical constraints. Small and/or less developed businesses do not always have the resources and the necessary expertise on site for the development and implementation of an effective HACCP plan. In such situations, expert advice should be obtained from other sources, which may include: trade and industry associations, independent experts and regulatory authorities. HACCP literature and especially sector-specific HACCP guides can be valuable. HACCP guidance developed by experts relevant to the process or type of operation may provide a useful tool for businesses in designing and implementing the HACCP plan. Where businesses are using
225
expertly developed HACCP guidance, it is essential that it is specific to the foods and/or processes under consideration. More detailed information on the obstacles in implementing HACCP, particularly in reference to SLDBs, and
recommendations in resolving these obstacles, can be found in Obstacles to the Application of HACCP, Particularly in Small and Less Developed Businesses, and Approaches to Overcome Them (document in preparation by FAO/WHO). The efficacy of any HACCP system will nevertheless rely on management and employees having the appropriate HACCP knowledge and skills, therefore ongoing training is necessary for all levels of employees and managers, as appropriate. APPLICATION The application of HACCP principles consists of the following tasks as identified in the Logic Sequence for Application of HACCP (Diagram 1). CAC/RCP 1-1969, Rev. 4-2003 - Annex Page 25 1. Assemble HACCP team The food operation should assure that the appropriate product specific knowledge and expertise is available for the development of an effective HACCP plan. Optimally, this may be accomplished by assembling a multidisciplinary team. Where such expertise is not available on site, expert advice should be obtained from other sources, such as, trade and industry associations, independent experts, regulatory authorities, HACCP literature and HACCP guidance (including sector-specific HACCP guides). It may be possible that a well-
226
trained individual with access to such guidance is able to implement HACCP inhouse. The scope of the HACCP plan should be identified. The scope should describe which segment of the food chain is involved and the general classes of hazards to be addressed (e.g. does it cover all classes of hazards or only selected classes). 2. Describe product A full description of the product should be drawn up, including relevant safety information such as: composition, physical/chemical structure (including Aw, pH, etc), microcidal/static treatments (heat-treatment, freezing, brining, smoking, etc), packaging, durability and storage conditions and method of distribution. Within businesses with multiple products, for example, catering operations, it may be effective to group products with similar characteristics or processing steps, for the purpose of development of the HACCP plan. 3. Identify intended use
The intended use should be based on the expected uses of the product by the end user or consumer. In specific cases, vulnerable groups of the population, e.g. institutional feeding, may have to be considered. 4. Construct flow diagram
The flow diagram should be constructed by the HACCP team (see also paragraph 1 above). The flow diagram should cover all steps in the operation for a specific product. The same flow diagram may be used for a number of products that are manufactured using similar processing steps. When applying HACCP to a given
227
operation, consideration should be given to steps preceding and following the specified operation.
5. On-site confirmation of flow diagram Steps must be taken to confirm the processing operation against the flow diagram during all stages and hours of operation and amend the flow diagram where appropriate. A person or persons with sufficient knowledge of the processing operation should perform the confirmation of the flow diagram.
6. List all potential hazards associated with each step, conduct a hazard analysis, and consider any measures to control identified hazards (SEE PRINCIPLE 1) The HACCP team (see assemble HACCP team above) should list all of the hazards that may be reasonably expected to occur at each step according to the scope from primary production, processing, manufacture, and distribution until the point of consumption. The HACCP team (see assemble HACCP team) should next conduct a hazard analysis to identify for the HACCP plan, which hazards are of such a nature that their elimination or reduction to acceptable levels is essential to the production of a safe food. In conducting the hazard analysis, wherever possible the following should be included: The likely occurrence of hazards and severity of their adverse health effects;
228
The qualitative and/or quantitative evaluation of the presence of hazards; CAC/RCP 1-1969, Rev. 4-2003 - Annex Page 26 Survival or multiplication of micro-organisms of concern; Production or persistence in foods of toxins, chemicals or physical agents; and, Conditions leading to the above.
Consideration should be given to what control measures, if any exist, can be applied to each hazard. More than one control measure may be required to control a specific hazard(s) and more than one hazard may be controlled by a specified control measure. 7. Determine Critical Control Points (SEE PRINCIPLE 2)
3
There may be more than one CCP at which control is applied to address the same hazard. The determination of a CCP in the HACCP system can be facilitated by the application of a decision tree (e.g., Diagram 2), which indicates a logic reasoning approach. Application of a decision tree should be flexible, given whether the operation is for production, slaughter, processing, storage, distribution or other. It should be used for guidance when determining CCPs. This example of a decision tree may not be applicable to all situations. Other approaches may be used. Training in the application of the decision tree is recommended.
229
If a hazard has been identified at a step where control is necessary for safety, and no control measure exists at that step, or any other, then the product or process should be modified at that step, or at any earlier or later stage, to include a control measure.
8. Establish critical limits for each CCP (SEE PRINCIPLE 3) Critical limits must be specified and validated for each Critical Control Point. In some cases more than one critical limit will be elaborated at a particular step. Criteria often used include measurements of temperature, time, moisture level, pH, Aw, available chlorine, and sensory parameters such as visual appearance and texture. Where HACCP guidance developed by experts has been used to establish the critical limits, care should be taken to ensure that these limits fully apply to the specific operation, product or groups of products under consideration. These critical limits should be measurable. 9. Establish a monitoring system for each CCP (SEE PRINCIPLE 4) Monitoring is the scheduled measurement or observation of a CCP relative to its critical limits. The monitoring procedures must be able to detect loss of control at the CCP. Further, monitoring should ideally provide this information in time to make adjustments to ensure control of the process to prevent violating the critical limits. Where possible, process adjustments should be made when
230
monitoring results indicate a trend towards loss of control at a CCP. The adjustments should be taken before a deviation occurs. A designated person with knowledge and authority to carry out corrective actions when indicated must evaluate data derived from monitoring. If monitoring is not continuous, then the amount or frequency of monitoring must be sufficient to guarantee the CCP is in
Since the publication of the decision tree by Codex, its use has been implemented many times for training purposes. In many instances, while this tree has been useful to explain the logic and depth of understanding needed to determine CCPs, it is not specific to all food operations, e.g., slaughter, and therefore it should be used in conjunction with professional judgement, and modified in some cases.
231
Most monitoring procedures for CCPs will need to be done rapidly because they relate to on-line processes and there will not be time for lengthy analytical testing. Physical and chemical measurements are often preferred to
microbiological testing because they may be done rapidly and can often indicate the microbiological control of the product. All records and documents associated with monitoring CCPs must be signed by the person(s) doing the monitoring and by a responsible reviewing official(s) of the company. 10. Establish corrective actions (SEE PRINCIPLE 5) Specific corrective actions must be developed for each CCP in the HACCP system in order to deal with deviations when they occur. The actions must ensure that the CCP has been brought under control. Actions taken must also include proper disposition of the affected product. Deviation and product disposition procedures must be documented in the HACCP record keeping. 11. Establish verification procedures (SEE PRINCIPLE 6) Establish procedures for verification. Verification and auditing methods, procedures and tests, including random sampling and analysis, can be used to determine if the HACCP system is working correctly. The frequency of verification should be sufficient to confirm that the HACCP system is working effectively.
232
Someone other than the person who is responsible for performing the monitoring and corrective actions should carry out verification. Where certain verification activities cannot be performed in house, verification should be performed on behalf of the business by external experts or qualified third parties. Examples of verification activities include: Review of the HACCP system and plan and its records; Review of deviations and product dispositions; Confirmation that CCPs are kept under control. Where possible, validation activities should include actions to confirm the efficacy of all elements of the HACCP system. 12. Establish Documentation and Record Keeping (SEE PRINCIPLE 7) Efficient and accurate record keeping is essential to the application of a HACCP system. HACCP procedures should be documented. Documentation and record keeping should be appropriate to the nature and size of the operation and sufficient to assist the business to verify that the HACCP controls are in place and being maintained. Expertly developed HACCP guidance materials (e.g. sectorspecific HACCP guides) may be utilised as part of the documentation, provided that those materials reflect the specific food operations of the business. Documentation examples are: Hazard analysis; CCP determination; CAC/RCP 1-1969, Rev. 4-2003 - Annex Page 28 233
Critical limit determination Record examples are: CCP monitoring activities; Deviations and associated corrective actions; Verification procedures performed; Modifications to the HACCP plan; A simple record-keeping system can be effective and easily communicated to employees. It may be integrated into existing operations and may use existing paperwork, such as delivery invoices and checklists to record, for example, product temperatures. TRAINING Training of personnel in industry, government and academia in HACCP principles and applications and increasing awareness of consumers are essential elements for the effective implementation of HACCP. As an aid in developing specific training to support a HACCP plan, working instructions and procedures should be developed which define the tasks of the operating personnel to be stationed at each Critical Control Point. Cooperation between primary producer, industry, trade groups, consumer organisations, and responsible authorities is of vital important. Opportunities should be provided for the joint training of industry and control authorities to encourage and maintain a continuous dialogue and create a climate of understanding in the practical application of HACCP.
234
LOGIC SEQUENCE FOR APPLICATION OF HACCP
Assemble HACCP Describe Product Identify Intended Use Construct Flow On-site Confirmation f Fl Di
List all Potential Hazards Conduct a Hazard Analysis Consider Control Measures
Determine CCPs Establish Critical Limits for each Establish a Monitoring System for each Establish Corrective Actions Establish Verification Procedures Establish Documentation and Record
235
CHAPTER IX
DESCRIPTION OF VARIOUS SECTIONS IN THE MARKETS
The proposed model of modern terminal market for fruits and vegetables is an improved version of SAFAL (NDDB) venture at Bangalore, a pioneer project of the country. Based on the feedback received and focusing on state-of-art of facility, the present market has been designed and equipped and tried to conceptualize at par with be best markets of international repute. Special
attention has been paid to understand socio-economic background of our farmers and traders. The market will address all requirements of farmers,
traders their linkages, service providers with most modern common amenities and facilities. Layout of various facilities and traffic flow has been well depicted and explained in the drawings and subsequent chapters. The infrastructure
including that of ripening chamber, cold-storages, pre-cooling units, electronic grading lines, and automation of business process, IT application and networking, quality evaluation stations, conveyor based material movement and handling system etc. are some of the hardcore infrastructure which would find place in the market. The market is expected to meet the requirement of all Various norms of space for facilities like
stakeholders for next 10-15 years.
building, parking, waste disposal, site plan have been taken up based on recommendations of FAO and IULA manual.
236
What the markets serve Ideally an efficient and modern market should offer a-win-win position to all stakeholders and must serve following three main functions.
1. Exchange Function 2. Physical Function 3. Facilitative Function In the Exchange Function the market must serve buying, selling, pricing estimates in totality. The stakeholders as engaged in business activities need to be facilitated towards services on exchange function. market must address provisions for storage, Physical Function of a standardization,
grading,
transportation, packaging, handling, labeling, traceability and above all efficiency. Without these functions neither buying nor selling can take place.
Therefore, inter-dependency of these two fold functions result into optimum utilization of resources and revenue generation. The third important function of a market is the Facilitative Function. Under this a market must provide credit facilities, empowering the users by providing information and mitigating the risk of producers. All three functions together make a model acceptable, sustainable and viable. Isolated approach will lead to distortions in market and cannot
ensure optimal returns on investment. Therefore, in order to raise the maximum benefits of the system and bringing efficiency in an organized manner, it is essential that a holistic and integrated approach is adopted. In this project, key
237
factor remains the holistic approach and all care has been taken to integrate all functions to the extent possible. This would be an ideal and probably first of its kind model, which offers win-win position to all stakeholders.
Sections of Markets: The proposed modern terminal market will have following sections Central Auction Halls and Commercial Activities. Fruit and Vegetable Display Area. Fruits and Vegetables Stacking Hall. Ancillary Equipment Area Shops cum Godown Area Modern Facility Section Exporters Section International Buyers Section One Cash and Carry Store Sub-Surface Conveyor based Material Movement and Handling System With Ducting based Pre-cooling Utility area and ETP Future Expansion and Processing /Value Added Center.
All sections in the market will be integrated with time and motion detailing for which system study would be carried-out at the time of installation of machinery and equipments. To run the business of the market in a systematic and un-
238
interrupted manner the total business process and operations have to be IT enabled. In the market it has been suggested to take-up a total business
process and solutions in an integrated manner, linking it up with backward and forward stations and terminal auction station systematically. Operations at all three stations need understanding of every activity which need to be documented in a form of process, workflow. Compositions of various
departments have been explained in chapter 11 where complete harmony has been suggested. Total IT enabled solutions will take care of requirement for which sufficient provisions of funds have been proposed in the report in relevant sections. Human Resource, Payroll, Auction, Security, Finance, Logistics, Sales, Purchase, Storage, Quality etc. would be totally governed by IT based solutions.
Central Auction System will develop its own grading standards, the details of which will be made available to collection centers and sufficient training would be given to farmers and supervisors, managing collection centers. The auction
department will also train the farmers continuously on the merit of grading. The traders and buyers will also be upgraded in terms of knowledge of trade and the quality standards. The details of consignment will be computerized and linked with the collection centers, which automatically will display it on electronic display board manned for the purpose. Details of total auction system have been explained in separate chapter.
239
CHAPTER X PROPOSED MARKET SITE AND LOCATIONAL STRUCTURE For any project planning process first steps is the identification of site on which the physical facilities are to be built up. Selection of site for any project has great impact on the utilization of facilities, layouts and design. After having
detailed discussion with the District Collector, Managing Director, Marketing Board; Local MLA; Chairman APMC; MD NAFED; Local Architect & Engineers; Traders; Farmers and other Service Providers, in the first round of the discussion/visit, (following sites were identified). A well-structured primary
survey was organized and conducted seeking the order of reference of all concerned. 1. NAFED site at Pimpalgaon 2. HAL Ojhar 3. Mundagon Igatpuri 4. NAFED Complex Lasalgaon 5. Pimpalgaon Baswant A criterion for selection of sites was left to the stakeholders and users. Since, the final selection of site has not yet been done; it was found that HAL Ojhar site should be treated on first priority. Pimpalgaon Baswant. Second priority can be attached to
On the basis of notional place model design was
240
attempted to.
The architect and the consultant visited various sites and
developed layouts and plans accordingly. Second Round Field Observation for Site Selection
Second Round of site selection exercise was carried out in consultation with local MLAs, Vice-Chairman NAFED, Additional Managing Director NAFED, Director General NIAM, Project Consultant Dr. J.S. Yadav, Regional Manager NAFED, General Manager (Horti.) NAFED, Director, NHRDF, Project Director Maharashtra State Agricultural Marketing Board (Mr. Mohite), Executive Engineer of MSAMB and other associated members. The team visited various sites and examined Based on discussion common consensus
pros and cons of different locations. emerged on the issue is as under: -
The proposed project management authority should give preference to outright purchase of land identified by the team members in order of preference. In
case Govt. land is easily available the first preference should go for but limited to site of first preference. In both the cases order of preference for sites should be followed as given below: -
241
Govt. Land Order of Merit 1 2 Site Name Ojhar (HAL site) Sayyad Pimper Order of Merit 1 2
Outright Purchase Site Name Ojhar Opp. Truck Terminus Ojhar College Behind Medical
3 4 5
Igat Puri Lasalgaon NAFED site at Pimpalgaon
Railway Crossing (Aurangabad Highway)
on
In case the land is selected out of Govt. proposed sites it is suggested that at least 100 acre is essential as except for one site all others are undulated and only 30-40% of it can be utilized. acre. This would be at the cost of Rs.2 lakh per
If outsight purchase of land is considered approximately 40-50 acre of
land will be sufficient which will cost about Rs.4.00 crore (@ Rs.7-8 lakh per acre). Budgetary provision of Rs. 4 crore has been considered in the report.
However, the proposed options of the site has been recommended based on the following criteria:1. Approachability and Accessibility
242
2. Closeness to the Hinterland/distance from harvesting field 3. Proximity to the Consuming Place 4. Convenient Accessibility to Buyers and Sellers 5. Road Load Factor 6. Social Infrastructure Available 7. Sourcing & Catchments Area & 8. Area Available 9. The link road condition to the market 10. Proximity to the National or State Highway 11. The mode of transportation possible to use to rapidly transport of harvested fruits to the market. 12. Distance from the port and the mode of transportation available for speedy movement 13. Proximity to the near by town to get regular skilled and unskilled labor as the horticultural produces are seasonal 14. The water availability in terms of quantity and quality 15. The water disposal system and other possibilities 16. The availability and status of power supply 17. The environmental scenario around the site 18. The communication facilities 1. Approachability and Accessibility
243
The survey results indicate that small farmers (up to 5 acre) of land can travel to a maximum distance of 40 Kms. Keeping this factor in mind identification of site has been made. 100% farmers gave their consent for Pimpalgaon Baswant site. 80% officials have given Ojhar as their second order of preference. The
proposed location is on National Highway (Nasik - Orangabad Road) 13 Kms and 25 Km respectively from Nasik. The suggested site is just tentative and
indicative. The designs proposed can be adjusted accordingly with to the final decision of the site. acres is available. At both the proposed places approximately an area of 100 As per base minimum needs for initial state and designs
proposed by the architect, an area of 30 acre is found to be essential for first phase. For the second phase and future expansion and to accommodate
technological advancements, it is essential that at least 70-80 acres of land be minimally acquired. It would be appropriate if 100 acres is arranged. The cost of land has been calculated based on prevailing price of the market for a piece of 100 acres. 2. Close to the Hinterland Proposed sites are found to be amidst the hinterland, which offers convenience to the producers. While analyzing the mode of transportation used by the
farmers, it has been found that small farmers (50%) cannot travel more than 3040 Kms to sell their produce in the market. Therefore, this point has been
specifically considered. Igatpur (Mundagaon) has not been preferred because of this reason, though; the site is advantageously situated on the main highway 244
and close to Mumbai. Lasalgaon site has also been preferred by the farmers but this area is more pre-dominantly cultivated with single commodity crop i.e., Onion. For an economically efficient market there has to be around the year arrival and business. Meaning thereby regular flow of commodities including
other fruits and vegetables is essential to invite bidders on daily basis. Therefore, as compare to Lasalgaon, Pimplegaon Baswant and HAL-Ojhar has been found to be the best option.
3. Proximity to Consuming Place Material arrived in the market has to be either consumed locally or dispatched to distant markets. In a natural way city consumption will be linked with the
market. Keeping in view the closeness of market to Nasik City, the selection of site has been made. The second best player for the business in market is trader and buyer. Without his presence and active participation in a dynamic manner and on regular basis, the show cant run successfully. Therefore, the location of the market has to match with the convenience and requirement of traders in terms of security, daily traveling, transportation of money, material, manpower etc. Keeping these things in mind HAL Ojhar and Pimpalgaon Baswant has been proposed for the said terminal market. 4. Convenient Accessibility to Buyer and Sellers
245
The trader has to play a very dynamic role in promotion of trade and making commodities reach at far distant places. Without his involvement, it is not
possible to make a market functional at all. There have been many examples where the government developed markets but traders not shifted their trade. Therefore, the site itself must be an attractive proposition to the buyer. Sometime buyers have to contact distant traders and operate till late hours, therefore, the convenience of traders in terms of relative and security is major criteria for consideration. requirement. 5. Road Load Factor In order to finalize a site for market it is necessary to examine as to which road has the high load of arrival and dispatches together. higher will be importance of the location. Higher the % of load In this market the proposed site qualifies this
In this case HAL-Ojhar has been
treated as first priority location as compared to other sites.
6. Social Infrastructure Available Facilities like telecommunication, electricity, public transport, health, education, drainage etc. are essential to be considered for any market development programme. HAL, Ojhar site has been considered most advantageous for the said terminal market in terms of aforesaid amenities.
246
7. Sourcing of Commodities and Areas From While examining and analyzing the commodity coverage and sourcing thereof it was found that Lasalgaon is single commodity area (onion) while Ighatpuri has no commodity of its own and depend on arrival from surrounding areas. Ojhar Pimpalgaon Baswant has good potential for wide range of commodities; therefore, these locations have been given preference.
8. Area Coverage
The sourcing area would cover districts of Nasik, Ahmednagar, Aurangabad, Pune & Jalgaon. The collection centres have been proposed in districts of Nasik (12), Ahmednagar (4), Jalgaon (2), Pune (2). Aurangabad sweet oranges will be clubbed with Ahmednagar and other collections centres. 9. Sale Outlets
In order to enable sale of excess material at a competitive price outside the state, a successful experiment was done by CAMPCO in Karnataka. The same model has been proposed in this case also. Based on the demand for a
particular commodity sale out-lets would be opened at 10 centres in different parts of the country. The selections of these sites have been based on highest paying price on that day. Azadpur, Guwahati, Calcutta, Ahmedabad, Bangalore, Kanpur, Jaipur, Chennai, Ludhiana, Kathmandu, Bhutan etc. have been proposed where excess material will be sold and raw cheap material will be sourced from 247
there.
This will develop contacts with retail Chain, Super stores, Malls and
metros in different cities. Export Opportunity Nasik is one of the biggest hub of horticulture having tremendous potential for exports of commodities like grapes, onions, pomegranate, sapota and other vegetables. Being close to the major international airport and seaport large
quantities of fruits and vegetables can be exported from Nasik. This can be done either through the terminal market or directly from the collection centers. As most of the exporters are presently operating from the hinterland. The collection centers would be well equipped with need based infrastructure for grading, packing, pre-cooling etc. Problems of quality deterioration, low shelf life of
produce etc. will be overcome.
248
CHAPTER - XI BACKWARD LINKAGES
In brief, backward linkages are supply chain related activities. The development and ensuring of regular supplies of adequate volume of produce to meet capacity needs for successful operation of Terminal market it is necessary to develop backward linkages. The Backward Linkages are also to ensure that produce
meets end user and market requirements of quality and grade and quality standards.
Nasik Region the key horticulture produce supply hub
Nasik is the hub for horticulture major center for production of fruits and vegetables. There is no organized market for selling of fruits such as Grapes,
Pomegranates, Mango and vegetables produced in plenty in the District or the region. Hence the Terminal Market is proposed at or near Nasik - a major town
in the State of Maharashtra which is also well connected to key consumption centers such as Mumbai, Pune and so on. include: 1. Grapes: Nasik, Niphad, Dindori, Chandwad Tahasils 2. Pomegranate: Nasik, Satana, Malegaon, Deola, Kalwan, Sinner & Yeola 3. Strawberry: Dindori, Nasik & Niphad Main produce from Nasik District
249
4. Onion: Entire Nasik district 5. Tomatoes: Nasik, Niphad, Dindori, Chandwad, Nandgaon,
Trimbakeshwar, Satana & Malegaon. 6. Cauliflower: Nasik, Niphad, Dindori & Chandwad 7. Flower: Nasik, Niphad, Dindori & Chandwad 8. Okra: Nasik, Niphad, Dindori & Chandwad 9. Green Chillies: Stana, Malegaon, Kalwan & Deola 10. Shimla Mirch (Capsicum) : Satana, Malegaon, Klawan & Deola 11. Radish: Nasik, Niphad, Dindori, Satana, Malegaon & Chandwad 12. Carrot: Nasik, Niphad, Dindori, Satana, Malegaon & Chandwad 13. Pumpkin: Niphad, Dindori, Malegaon, Satana & Sinner 14. Brinjal: Niphad, Dindori, Malegaon, Satana & Sinner 15. Karela: Niphad, Dindori, Malegaon, Satana & Sinner 16. Cucumber: Niphad, Dindori, Trymbakeshwar, dgatpuri & Sinner 17. Green Vegetables: Niphad, Dindori, Satana, Malegaon, Chandwad
Besides key production centers from Nasik District few more production areas from neighboring Districts of Pune, Ahmednagar and Jalgaon are included as part of the Backward linkages plan. The production volume of key fruits and vegetables of Nasik and adjoining Districts is given below. It shows that
these Districts account for a major share of production in the State, between 25 to 30 % of States production.
250
PRODUCTION OF KEY FRUITS AND VEGETABLES IN NASIK AND ADJOINING DISTRICTS Sl. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Fruit / Vegetable Mango Pomegranate Sweet Orange Kagzi Lime Grapes Banana Tomato Brinjal Okra Onion Cabbage Cauliflower Total Nasik 9102 237089 41 369 325051 -173185 31473 825 476431 51582 37494 770990 Jalgaon 3415 14116 19915 14685 139 2251700 644 743 993 6883 139 156 2313528 Pune 4100 10526 3058 3988 16850 126816 77847 28647 -353468 26738 2480 382686 ANagar 13167 45564 15010 31494 15822 14080 36561 17376 6657 59665 5552 4956 265904
Besides a functional issue the Backward Linkages is also a business process of the Terminal Market. It forms the first critical linkage in an integrated Terminal market. The central driving force in this is the Collection Center (CC). A
Collection center acts as a consolidation center and it is set up in key production areas in the area of operation a District/s or State/s. The functionaries who form part of the Backward Linkages include: the farmers, the Farmers Association (FA), the logistics people or transporters and other service providers. The Collection Center meets the value addition needs and marketing needs of a group of farmers operating in a key production area may it be a taluka or a
251
block.
Considering the criticality of the Backward Linkages in the successful
implementation of Terminal market a major Department is set up to look after this aspect. Issues of Grading and Standardization There are few important issues that are needed for the successful development of backward linkages. And the success of backward linkages is a necessity for the success of Terminal market. In all this the farmer, a key part of the
backward linkages, benefits from training and extension activities related to modern practices of production technology. Improved yields, reduced use of
pesticides and quality production help reduce the cost of production and make available better quality and cost competitive produce. The post harvest support provided by the Terminal market such as dissemination of information with regard to proper post harvest practices, grading and standardization of produce and market needs in terms of product specifications and demand are useful in extending the shelf life of produce and receiving better prices. Proper grading and standardization of produce is promoted at the farmer level through farmers associations and Collection centers by the terminal market to promote marketing. Uniform grading and packing standards facilitate the farmer to receive good prices for his produce and make it possible for the buyer to meet his requirements. This also results in value addition at the farm level.
252
Since grades and standards are preferred by the consumer but not implemented in any significant way in the Indian context, the role of farmer groups in implementing the same with the help of market driven extension is a major objective of the terminal market. The development of standards and grades and trade in graded and packed produce only at the terminal market helps bring about transparency in transactions. The management of Terminal market also gains if the farmer fully participates in the process and supplies as per market feedback and demand. Pricing of
produce becomes more objective, quality related and grade and standard linked. By receiving better prices for graded and packed produce the farmer promotes grades and standards. Once grades and standards are well understood and they become standard practices the need for physical movement of produce to market is reduced. To effectively implement the grade standards at farm level is
important for the development of backward linkages. In this the terminal market would have to invest in training, demonstration, setting up facilities for grading and certifications to meet market needs. Activities of the Backward Linkages Department
The Backward Linkage Department in a Terminal market is primarily responsible for procurement of produce and getting it to the Terminal Market. The structure of the Department is diagrammatically shown as below.
253
Terminal Market: Backward Linkage Department
Collection Center1
Collection Center2
Collection Center3
Collection Center4
Farmer Association 1
Farmer Association 2
Member Farmers from identified villages
Member Farmers from identified villages
Fig: Structure of Backward Linkages Department
Responsibility of each in the above chain: i) Backward Linkage Department in Terminal Market: It is responsible for the formation of various Collection Centers. It is responsible for ensuring supply of produce to Terminal Market, the payment to various links
254
in the Backward Linkages, and for providing proper training in the areas of produce cultivation, harvesting, Grades, logistics, Quality standards etc. ii) Collection Centers: These centers are fully owned or jointly owned by the Terminal Market with the farmers. The Collection Center is run by a professional Manager with the help of an Assistant. The Manager is responsible for day to day running of the center. The Terminal market will see to it that proper infrastructure facilities will be made at the collection center for proper handling, storage and packing of produce. Activities of a typical Collection Center include: a. b. c. d. e. f. Farmer Registration Receiving produce from farmer Produce consolidation and dispatch to Terminal market Payment to farmer Training to farmers Making of a crop plan and dissemination
Collection center would be at a place which is surrounded by maximum number of villages where key fruits and vegetables are grown. proper road. The facilities at a Collection Center will include: It is reachable by a
255
S.No. 1.
Particulars Ordinary Mechanical Grading Line for Round FruitsQuantity-01
Amount 60000
2.
Vegetable Trimming Machine with Washing & Grading Facilities - Quantity-01
100000
3. 4.
Grading Tables Grading Building measuring a total of 2500 sq.ft. area (Rental)
10000 10000
5. 6.
Plastic Crates - 4000/- @ Rs.220 Storage space for at least 4000 crates(Rental) for 2000 sq. ft open space @ Rs.2/-
880000 4000
7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
Place to clean and wash produce One Desktop Computer Electronic Display Board Full Fledged Information Kiosk Networking on-line monitoring Printer UPS for Computers Table and chairs to sit
10000 40000 250000 100000 200000 4000 10000 10000
256
15. 16. 17. 18. 19.
Telephone line Possibly CDMA/ GSM internet connectivity Toilet and bathroom provision (contn.) Electricity and Water supply (Actual) Parking space for at least three trucks-5000 sq. ft. @ 2/Total
2000 2000
5000 10000 1707000
*Fixed Cost *Plastic Crates *Rentals Per month *Electricity and Water Supply per month
788000 880000 34000 5000
Besides sending produce to Terminal market, depending on the demand placed by the proposed sale centers (formed by the management of Terminal Market all over the country) the CC will send produce to these centers. Once produce is dispatched from Collection Center, the payment is collected the same day it has been auctioned off or sold. This is possible by having a
revolving fund created for the purpose. A farmer who does not wish to send his produce to a Collection center can have an option to directly take his sorted and graded produce to the Terminal Market. iii) Farmers Association:
257
The Collection center is tied up with Farmers Associations a form of loose grouping of farmers from a village or a group of villages that is part of a Farmers Association. Each Farmers Association will cater to a village or more than one village. iv) Farmers:
Farmer who grows fruits and vegetables for supply to Terminal market can be a member of Farmer Association. He is responsible for bringing the produce to the Farmers Association from where the produce is consolidated before sending it to the Collection center. At the farm level or the Farmers Association level post harvest value addition activities such as sorting, grading and packing takes place.
258
Criterion for the selection of location for Collection Center
1.
Collection centers are set up in major production areas in the vicinity of the proposed Terminal market (Nasik District and neighbouring Districts).
2. 3. 4. 5.
The collection centers are easily approachable from the Terminal market. Collection centers are set up along a regular supply route. Collection center is always set up in rural area. Collection center will have the capability to handle more than one commodity.
Structure of Collection Center System proposed for the Nasik Terminal Market For practical purposes 25 villages in a block /taluka are identified for service by one Collection center. There would be 20 such collection centers across the area of operation of the market. In other words 500 villages are linked up with the proposed market. associations. Each Collection center /block will serve 8 farmer associations or approximately 1 farmer association serves the needs of farmer members of 3 villages. Each At village level farmers are organized through farmers
farmers association will have 100 farmer members from 3 villages (this is assuming, on an average, there are 1000 persons in a village who represent 200 families or 100 farming families - 50 % engaged in direct farming /horticulture). From three villages there are 300 farmers and assuming that a third of all
259
farmers(33 %) join a farmers association to supply to Terminal market there would be 100 farmer members in an Association. In all there would be direct participation by 16000 20000 farmers, representing 500 villages from 4 Districts as identified under the Terminal market project. Under the proposed structure there are 20 Collection centers with each center served by 8 farmers association. Produce handled in Collection Center: Each Collection center is geared to handle an average of 50 MT per day. The center will supply an average of 50 MT of fruits and vegetables per day to the Terminal market. This is equivalent to each member farmer of the farmers
association supplying an average of 125 Kg to the Collection center through farmers association (produce harvested once in 2 days). The assumption that approximately 1.25 quintals of produce is supplied in a day is supported by the results of a survey-study carried out by NIAM as part of this project (results included elsewhere in the report).
The NIAM study concluded that presently the daily supply of produce by the farmer to the regulated market varies from farmer to farmer. On an average a small farmer with a holding of 0-3 acres supplies 1 quintal, a farmer with 3-5 acre land holding supplies 2 quintals, a farmer with 5-10 acre holding supplies 5 quintals and a farmer with 10 acre and supplies above 10 quintals per day.
260
The table below provides a summary of assumptions that went into the planning of Backward Linkage: No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Assumption Number of villages served by one Collection Center Number of Farmer Associations under each Collection Center Number Farmer members in each Association Registered farmers with one Collection center Registered farmers per village (three to four villages per Association Approximate qty per Collection Center per day Approximate Qty per village per day Approximate Qty per Farmer per day Total number of Villages covered under the project Total number of farmers covered under the project Number of Farmer Associations set up under the project 50 MT (500 Quintals) 2 MT (20 Quintals) 125 Kg (1.25 Quintal) 500 16000 20000 160 100 800 25 35 Number proposed 25 8
In the above project the farmers from Nasik and other key production centers just across the District border form a part of supply chain. A basis for the
selection of 20 Collection centers under the Nasik Terminal market project and the flow of key fruit /vegetables from these Collection centers are shown in the table below.
261
Possible locations for Collection Centers and the key fruit / Vegetable to be supplied to the Terminal market No 1 Fruit /Vegetable Banana Proposed Taluka/location 1.Raver 2. Yaval 3. Chalisgaon (Bhadgaon) 4. Jalgaon 5. Pachora 6. Chopda 1. Patharde /Sheogaon 1 Collection center in Pune /Nagar 2 Mango 1. Yeola 2. Nasik 1 Collection center for Nasik/ Aurangabad 3 Grapes 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 4 Pomegranate 1. 2. 3. Pimpalgaon Niphad Dindori ANagar Srirampur Rahata Deola Satana Kalvan 1 Collection center in ANagar /Pune 1 Collection center in Nasik 2 Collection Centers
Remarks 2 Collection centers in Jalgaon
262
1. 2. 5 Lime /Lemon 1. 2.
ANagar Rahata Sangamner ANagar
1 Collection center in ANagar /Pune To combine with one of the above C.C.
Sweet Orange
1. Aurangabad
To combine with one of the above C.C.
Onion
1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 1. 2. 3.
Lasalgaon Pimpalgaon Manmad Yeola
2 Collection centers in Nasik
1 Collection Shirur Lonand Rahuri Sangamner Srirampur 1. 2. 3. 4. Pimpalgaon Dindori Nasik Kalvan 2 - 3 Collection Centers in Nasik 1 Collection center in ANagar 1-2 Collection center in Pune 1 Collection center in ANagar center in Pune
Tomato
1. ANagar 1. Pune
263
Cabbage
To combine with one of the above C.C. To combine with one of the above C.C. To combine with one of the above C.C. To combine with one of the above C.C.
10
Cauliflower
11 12
Brinjal Okra
On the above basis 20 Collection centers were finalized.
The selection was
based mainly on production volumes in the block or taluka and the logistic advantages. And final list of Collection centers include 12 in Nasik District, 4 in Ahmednagar District and 2 each in Jalgaon and Pune Districts. The locations are as under: 1) Nasik 2) Dindori 3) Kalwan, 4) Deola, 5) Satana 6) Malegaon, 7) Niphad, 8) Yeola, 9) Manmad, 10) Chalisgaon 11) Bhadgaon 12) Sinnar, 13) Sangamner, 14) Rahata, 15) Shrirampur 16) Rahuri 17) Pimpalgao-B, 18) Igatpuri, 19) Junnar 20) Shirur
264
CONSOLIDATED TABLE SHOWING SHARE OF THE BLOCK /TALUKA IN TOTAL PRODUCTION FROM THE DISTRICT
N o Name of the Collection Center Nasik, Nasik Dist. Commodity covered* Approx Produc tion in % 5 21 0.2 15 35 38 13 0.1 50 4 0.4 12 Approx. Production in MT 455 34637 474 71464 113767 51955 61936 173 118544 19057 36 57171
Mango Tomato Pomegranate
Dindori, Nasik Dist.
Onion Grape Tomato Onion Tomato Pomegranate Onion Mango Onion Grape/ Tomato/ Pomegranate
Pimpalgaon-B, Nasik Dist. (Mega Collection Center)
Malegaon, Nasik Dist.
Sinnar, Nasik Dist.
6 7 8 9 10
Kalvan, Nasik Dist. Satana, Nasik Dist. Niphad, Nasik Dist. Yeola, Nasik Dist. Manmad, Nasik Dist.
Onion Tomato Onion Grape Mango Onion
18 4 6 17 2 10
85757 6927 28585 55258 182 47643
265
11 12
Deola, Nasik Dist. Igatpuri, Nasik Dist.
Onion Onion vegetables and other produce from Thane District
7 2
33350 9529
13 14 15
Rahata, ANagar, Dist. Rahuri, ANagar, Dist. Srirampur, ANagar, Dist.
Onion Pomegranate Onion Tomato Onion Tomato Grape Onion Tomato Onion Tomato Banana Banana
19 10 13 20 14 25 10 20 12 30 20 3 6
11336 4556 7756 7312 8353 9140 1582 11933 4387 106040 15569 67551 135102
16 17 18 19 20
Sangamner, ANagar, Dist. Shirur, Pune Dist. Junnar, Pune Dist. Chalisgaon, Jalgaon Dist. Bhadgaon, Jalgaon Dist.
*Other fruits and vegetables available from nearby areas besides the major items as listed.
As the District is a major producer and supplier of Onion, Grape and Tomato the list of Collection centers reflect the same (table above). Thus the Terminal
market tries to address the marketing needs of the local farmers. Besides the key fruit and vegetable from identified production areas the areas covered by
266
Collection centers also account for a variety of produce. The marketing needs of these other produce is also given due weightage in the Terminal market.
Close to Nasik is a major block in Pimpalgaon (B) which is an important place for consolidation of horticultural produce with its already existing storage and handling facilities. It is on the national highway and well connected to good transportation network to various parts of the country. It can be very easily developed into a Mega Collection center. A transportation /supply route connecting key production areas /identified Collection centers to facilitate efficient collection of produce has been drawn up for the Nasik Terminal market. under. Route-01 Route -02 Route -03 Route -04 Route -05 Nasik, Dindori and Kalwan Deola, Satana and Malegaon Niphad, Yeola, Manmad, Yeola, Chalisgaon and Bhadgaon Sinnar, Sangamner, Rahata, Shrirampur and Rahuri Igatpuri, Junnar and Shirur. The supply routes are broadly drawn up as
The above routes are suggestive at this time and may undergo changes depending on ground realities and future developments. The location of Collection centers and the supply or transport routes are shown illustrated in a map format in the following page (Fig 1). The investment needs for setting up of a Collection Center
267
The capital expenditure and the recurring expenditure of setting up of a typical Collection center is presented below. The expenditure on office such as deposit, computer with internet facility and telephone facility is estimated to cost Rs 103000. The major capital expenditure is on purchase of plastic crates at Rs 18.25 lakhs for 7300 numbers of 15 Kg crates. This will suffice for handling and transport of all of the 50 MT of produce planned to be handled in a day at the Collection Center, including an additional set for return crates. The crates would be rented out by the Collection center to farmers at Rs 0.10 per day for 250 days in a year. The Collection center will have facility to receive on-line market This will be a free
intelligence with the help of an electronic display board. service to the farmers from the area.
An integrated Pruning cum Harvester
machine would also be available for use by farmers at a reasonable fee. The introduction of pruning and harvester for use by farmers is a way of introduction of modern pre-harvest and post harvest practices to bring about improvements in efficiency of operations and productivity. The running expenditure of Collection center that involves mainly expenditure on running of the office, communication expenditure and charges for utility etc as shown in the financial estimates. Projections of produce handled by Collection center Keeping in mind the seasonal nature of produce a daily average arrival and a cumulated annual average arrival of various commodities at the Collection
268
centers is worked out as below. As expected the largest volume of arrivals at the Collection center would be of Onion followed by Tomato, Banana and Grapes (table and pie chart). Assuming an average price of Rs 5 per Kg the value of produce handled at the Collection centers in the 20 centers is estimated at Rs 127 Crore.
Commodity wise Total Arrival in Collection Centres Sn Commodity 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Banana Grapes Mango Pomegranate Onion Tomato Other F & V Daily Arrival Yearly Arrival (in M.T.) 95.24 159.43 105.80 150.62 495.22 234.46 260.89 (in M.T.) 20000.00 15943.09 8463.88 16061.72 89139.23 35169.19 115222.90 Average 5000 12000 20000 15000 3000 3000 3000 Daily Value Yearly Value 4.76 19.13 21.16 22.59 14.86 7.03 7.83 97.36 1000.00 1913.17 1692.78 2409.26 2674.18 1055.08 1956.69 1500.00
Price (Rs. In Lacs)(Rs. In Lacs)
1501.66 300000.00 61000.00 Average Price per Kg. 5.00
269
17%
6%
11% 7%
16%
10% 33%
Banana
Grapes
Mango
Promogranet
Onion
Tomato
Other F & V
It is assumed that the Collection centers will operate at 100 % capacity by the end of 4 th year of operation. Accordingly the volumes of produce handled by Collection centers over a period of 5 years are shown below. The table shows assumed capacity utilization of Collection centers of 20 %, 50 %, 80 % and 100 % with an estimated arrival of approximately 0.52, 1.27, 2.02 and 2.52 lakh MT in years 1, 2, 3 and 4 respectively. The volume of individual commodity arrivals is also shown in the table.
270
Commodity wise Total Arrival in Collection Centres and Year wise Capacity Utilization (in M.Tonnes) 2007 20% 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Banana Grapes Mango Pomegranate Onion Tomato Other F & V 4000.00 3188.62 1692.78 3212.34 17827.85 7033.84 13044.58 2008 50% 10000.00 7971.54 4231.94 2009 80% 16000.00 12754.47 6771.10 2010 100% 20000.00 15943.09 8463.88 2011 100% 20000.00 15943.09 8463.88
8030.86 44569.61 17584.59 32611.45
12849.38 71311.38 28135.35 52178.32
16061.72 89139.23 35169.19 115222.90
16061.72 89139.23 35169.19 115222.90
Total
52007.20 127008.50 202009.80
300000.00
300000.00
Tie up with Bank for funding of trader and spot payment to farmers The NDDBs first experiment in the country in modern market or Terminal market, the Safal market for fruits and vegetables at Bangalore city, is operating without adequate funding tie up. The buyer operating in the market has to
deposit cash before he can take part in auctions. This has resulted in reduced
271
purchasing power of the buyer. And there are issues of delayed payment to farmers bringing their produce to the Safal Terminal market /Collection centers. This issue is being addressed in the present project by tie-ups with Banks/s. Already two leading Banks have shown considerable interest in extending term loan. It is proposed in the project that buyers create a revolving fund to
facilitate immediate payment to farmers. Banks can manage this on behalf of market authorities. Up to an extent of Rs 5 crores of funds is likely requirement from these Bank/s. The need for revolving fund would be much less during year 1 of operations, at 20 % capacity utilization, estimated at Rs 1.5 crores. The details of calculation are given in table below. Requirement of Revolving Fund for Collection Center Average turnover / day
50MT X Price
50 MT
Rs, 5000/ MT
Capacity utilization Per CC daily turnover
@ 20% 10 MT Rs. 50,000
Amount required /day 10 X 5000 For one fortnight requirement (15 X 50,000) Total Number of CC For all 20 collection (7.5 X 20) =
Rs. 7.5 Lakhs 20 Rs. 1.5 Crore Rs 1.5 Crore
First Year (i.e. 2007) (20 % cap. utilisation)
272
For second year (50 % cap. utilisation)
Rs 3.5 crore
Products and Services offered by the Terminal Market for Farmers directly participating in the market 1. Insurance
The Terminal market would provide for comprehensive insurance coverage of all farmers who are members of the Farmers Association. At the rate of Rs 100 per year per farmer as premium, Janshree scheme announced by LIC, the management of the market will pay Rs 20 lakhs per annum as premium. In addition to this the bank (Yes Bank) has also been requested to provide free weather insurance, animal health insurance, personal accident insurance, and crop insurance, etc. free of cost to the registered farmers so as to attract them in the present system. 2. ATM/ Debit Card/ Credit Card / Kisan Card
To facilitate easier and quick financial transactions for the benefit of the farmers and the traders operating in the market the installation of ATM at Collection centers and providing of Debit cards and Credit cards to the farmers is being considered. Preliminary discussions with Banks have resulted in the receiving of letters of interest in funding the project, both revolving fund and term loan to finance the project with provision of ATM facilities at collection centre level.
273
3.
Agri-clinics / Extension
As a purely extension activity the farmers participating in the Terminal market /collection center would be provided with Agri-clinic services. Through Agri-clinic set up at each of the 20 Collection centers, the farmers would receive information on modern production, post harvest practices and marketing methods. The Terminal market would pay for the infrastructure facilities for the same. 4. Spot payment
Spot payment to farmers who bring their produce to the Terminal market and payment to farmers at the Collection center level or at the farmers Association level is one of the key objectives to promote greater participation by farmers in the backward linkages. The proposal for use of ATMs /Debit cards and Credit cards are part of the same game plan. Immediate payment would be debited to the account of the farmer on completion of the auction transaction. 5. Commodity Exchange Price (Node afterwards)
The Terminal market would be linked to receive futures price information from Commodity Exchanges. This information would be freely disseminated among farmers and traders in the initial years. In subsequent years a node /hub would
274
be set up at the Terminal market to facilitate participation in futures trade by farmers and traders. 6. Information Kiosks
The Collection centers would have information kiosks for the benefit of farmers. The kiosks will provide useful data and information that the farmer would need. It may include among others data on travel, investments, entertainment etc. Such a facility has the added benefit of enhancing social and cultural awareness level among the rural community.
Electronic Display Board Electronic display board for spot prices of commodities in the local markets as well as live auctions of terminal markets and prices of the distant markets and even international markets would be displayed on-line. The same system may be used to provide other useful information that the farmer may find it beneficial. 7. Transactional Banking
The Banks could be asked to support transactional funding requirements of the trade. The terminal market would provide needed support and assurances as may be required on case-to-case basis.
275
8.
Investment Advice
The farmers need for sound investment advise is another area that the management will try to address through appropriate programmes and seminars.
10.
Grading Facilities
All collection centers would be provided with need based grading facilities so that farmers can grade their material at collection centres and only sorted material is dispatched for terminal market. 11. One stop shopping for Input
Modern Input Malls so called as One Stop Shopping for Input is an innovative and pioneering effort aimed at providing farmers, need based inputs and fulfill occupational requirements. It is an answer under one roof to all agricultural
needs of the farmers including quality inputs, quality extension, vital out put linkage and FMCG products. In order to create an integrated impact on the
project the consultant contacted the following presently operating prominent players in the country in this venture. S.No. 1. 2. Name of the Company Tata Chemicals DSCL Brand Name Tata Kisan Sansar Hariyali
276
3. 4. 5. 6.
ITC Godrej Agrovet Cargill Mahindra & Mahindra
e-choupal Aadhar Kissan Seva Sangh Subh Labh
Dear Sir,
You may be aware that Govt. of India is now proposing to establish 7-8 Modern Terminal Markets for Fruits and Vegetables at different locations for which the job of preparation of Detailed Project Report has been assigned to National Institute of Agricultural Marketing, Kota Road, Jaipur. We have already completed Nasik Project Report and in the process of reports for other places. I am enclosing herewith a brief profile of Nasik Project for reference. We propose to collaborate with your organization in establishing modern input shop. Kindly examine as to whether your organization can open one stop shopping for inputs at all collection centers (Approx. 20) in the hinter land of proposed Modern Terminal Market for Fruit and Vegetables at Nasik, Bhopal, Patna, Chandigarh, Bilaspur, Rai etc. You can provide the said "one stop shopping" for input and FMCG at each collection center, also if necessary you can procure material (optional) from the said collection center. If interested, kindly contact me on my mobile: 09829210012.
J.S. Yadav Director, NIAM
In response to the enquiry M/s Godrej Agrovet, Mumbai is expressed their interest in opening of Godrej Adhar at collection centres falling under the jurisdiction of Nasik Terminal Market. They have also agreed for ensuring A critical examination was done as It was
projects and happily associate themselves.
to which input company would be appropriate for its association.
observed that all companies accept Godrej Agrovet and ITC are input supply only. seeds. ITC through its e-choupal malls is procuring food-grain pulses and oil Godrej Agrovet is equally involved in procurement of fruits and Therefore, it was found that godrej
vegetables over and above input supply.
277
Agrovet limited could be the best choice for this collaboration.
A letter of
expression of interest by M/s Godrej Agrovet is placed in the proposals. 11. Mechanized Harvester cum Pruner
In order to inculcate a culture of mechanization in harvesting and pruning, it has been proposed to provide 1 pruner cum harvester has been proposed. This
harvest would be made available at collection centre and farmers association will take it services on payment basis. The farmers will pay @ of Rs.1,000/- per Details of income for
day and they can use the same for either purpose.
harvester and pruner has been reflected in financial section. 12. Volume Incentives In order to attract more arrivals in the market and invite potential aggregators, it is proposed that volume incentive Programme should be introduced by which some rebating service charge (say 0.5 per cent) can be provided to the large volume suppliers after assessing their regular credibility. This payment can be made out of other incomes.
278
CHAPTER - XII FORWARD LINKAGES In Nasik region the production of fruits and vegetables is in huge quantities especially that of Onion, Grapes and Pomegranates. excess of local demand. As such the production is
This marketable surplus is to be sent to out side Hence, it is very
markets in order to help the farmers to get higher prices. essential to plan for forward markets.
Grapes, Onion and Pomegranate and other fruits and vegetables are seasonal in production but are in greater demand out side Maharashtra. To search for
markets where the prices are high and also to arrange for the dispatch of physical goods a Forward Links Team will be constituted at Nasik Terminal Market. This professional team will find out the daily rates prevailing in all-
important markets of India and find out the possibility of dispatching the produce. Once the market is identified the produce will be sent directly from the collection center to the required market. This will arrest the unnecessary
movement of produce to terminal market and also reduce the transportation cost. Opening of sale centers / outlets / out side the State Based on the demand for a particular commodity sale centers / outlets will be opened in all the important markets of India. This will enable the sale of excess
279
production at a very competitive rate out side the state. This experiment is very successfully being done in case of Arecanut by CAMPCO in Karnataka State. Arecanut is produced in South Indian Markets. Earlier traders from Karnataka used to send Arecanut to North-Indian Traders. Thus, the entire Arecanut trade was only through middlemen. Govt. of India established Central Co-operative
Arecanut marketing and processing society (A Joint venture of Kerala and Karnataka) in 1984. This co-op society opened sale centers in almost all-
important markets of North India. The Arecanut procured from member farmers is being sent to these out side State sale centers and sold directly to traders. This system is very successful and Arecanut farmers started receiving higher price for their produce. The establishment of CAMPCO a co-operative society
has totally avoided the chain of middlemen existing in the Arecanut marketing channel. Similarly, in all-important markets where Onion, Grapes and Pomegranate are in greater demand Nasik terminal market management can open sale centers / outlets by obtaining license from the concerned APMC and start transacting. This will enable the market management to sell directly to a trader without engaging a commission agent as is practiced in case of NAFED. The produce
assembled at collection center could be dispatched to distant markets as per the recommendations of the forward market team situated at Nasik market.
280
Similarly instead of engaging a commission agent at the outside the market it is better if the Nasik terminal market management opens their own sale center / outlets to take control of the situation and fro timely collection of sale proceeds. Similarly everyday this exercise will be done by the forward market professional team and fruits and vegetables will be dispatched to out side State markets directly from the collection centers. This will enable the terminal market
management to arrange for the dispatch of the produce to distant markets to ease out glut situation. Sale centers / outlets as discussed above are to be
established in these markets for successful operations. The project team during its field visits had discussions with traders and exporters and collected information regarding the export of fruits and vegetables to various distinct markets outside Maharashtra State. Apart from this extensive price data was analyzed to identify the markets outside Maharashtra State to find out the demand for onion, grapes and pomegranate. Prices prevailing in the markets
were studied and considering both of these aspects i.e. field survey and price analyses the following 10 markets have been identified for the establishment of sale centers / outlets.
281
Sl.No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Name of the Market Azadpur Gauwhati Calcutta Ahemedabad Bangalore Kanpur Jaipur Chennai Ludhiana Khatmandu
State / Country Delhi Assam West Bengal Gujarat Karnataka Utter Pradesh Rajasthan Tamil Nadu Punjab Nepal
Performance of Sale Center: The Nasik Terminal Fruits and Vegetable Market would establish 10 sale centers throughout the length and breadth of the country. The performance sale
centers indicating the annual quantity traded its value, total income, expenditure and net profit are presented in the following paragraph.
Turnover:
It is estimated that everyday 3 truck loads of fruits and vegetables On an average Thus, the
i.e. 27 MTs will be received by each sale center to sale centers.
it is presumed that the markets will operate for 300 days in a year. total quantity handled each sale center would be 8100 MTs.
All the 10 sale The Annual
centers will handled 8100 MTs of Fruits and Vegetables annually.
turnover of the sale center would be worth Rs.6.48 crores considering the average rate of Rs.8,000/- per MT.
282
Income: It could be seen that all the 10 sale centers together will handle an annual turnover of 81,000 MTs worth Rs.6.48 crores. percent will be collected from the buyers. center works out to Rs. 32.40 lacs. Expenditure: counters is estimated worth Rs.3.24 crores. The particulars of expenditure of sale centers are as under. Rs.6,48,000=00 Rs.1,94,400=00 Rs.6,48,000=00 Rs.6,48,000=00 Rs.21,38,400=00 A service charge @ 5 Hence, the income of each sale
The annual income from all the 10 sale
Market fee 1% (to be paid to APMC) Unloading Charges Transit Insurance (1%) Miscellaneous (1%) Total
The expenditure of 1 sale center works out to Rs.21.38 lacs per annum and for 10 sale centers it would be Rs.2.14 crores. Each service center will have a profit margin of Rs.11.016 thousand, thus from 10 sale centers the total profit per annum would be Rs.110.16. th.
All the ten sale centers would be inter connected and they would be required to develop a business of products which are in great demand locally but are not grown in that region. good amount of income. The sale centers by doing this business will also earn However, the income that would be generated by this
business is not taken into consideration at this stage. The details of the performance of sale centers are summarized in the following table.
283
Summary of Performance of Sale Centers

Onion 4 Months in 2 Seasons, Promgranet 3 months in 2 Seasons, Grapes 2 months in 1 Seasons 2 Value of F & V Rs 8000 / MT 8000 3 Marketing Cost (1% of Value) 4 Unloading/Loading Transit Insurance (Rs. 1000 per 5 Lakhs) 3 Misc Charges Total Expenditure 64800000 648000 194400 648000 648000 2138400
Despatch F & V for Sales 1 (M.T.)
27 250
8100
Income (Service Charges 5%) 10% 3240000 Other Income* 0 Expenditure 2138400 Net Profit 1101600 Profit from 10 sale centers 11016000 * Selling of Commodities which are in local demand received from different Sales Centres of Terminal Markets
Note: It is assumed that these sale centers will achieve performance level of 100% in the first year itself. There will be interlinking between all the ten proposed sale centers/outlets. These sale centers will not only sell the produce dispatched from collection centers but also find out which agricultural and horticultural commodity is in demand at that market. After accessing the demand and the studying the price
prevailing the manager of the sales center will workout the economic cost and order for that commodity from his counter part situated in other state as well as to Nasik during lean periods. This will help to enhance the annual turnover and
thereby net income of each sale center/outlets.
284
In all metros like Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, Chennai and Calcutta chain of super bazaars, big bazaars, mals, food world, Rajtech, retail outlets are coming up. These big retail chains procure their requirements in bulk quantities. Hence the
Nasik Terminal Market Management will develop contacts with retail chain outlets like 1. Super Bazars 2. Mals 3. Food World, Rajtech chains etc., 4. Metros Grapes, Pomegranate and Onion will be supplied directly to these big retail chains from collection centers. A direct contact with retail establishments will
help a collection centers to dispatch their produce directly to consuming centers. The trend of establishing retail chains in all mega cities is picking up in India. Hence there is tremendous scope for the direct linking of collection centers to retail marketing chains.
Supply to Super Stores
In this direction team comprising of the Director General NIAM, Additional Managing Director NAFED, Director NIAM, General Manager (Hort.) NAFED etc. visited various macro malls dealing in fruits and vegetables at Mumbai Bangalore and Jaipur & Most of the firms have expressed their keen interest in procuring 285
material from proposed terminal market provided flexibility is maintained by management in auction participation. M/s Foodland and M/s Rajetch Agro have
keenly agreed to buy bulk material as presently they are facing lot of problems in procuring material from Nasik, though the quality of Nasik produce is said to be the best. M/s Food world Bangalore has opined that there has to be total Accordingly
flexibility from buyers point in view in participation of auction. flexibility provisions have been made in the project.
The most urgent requirement is the facility of transporting fruits and vegetables by railway containers. Rail transport is to be made available, so that fruits and The
vegetables are transported to the destination in bulk and within no time.
container corporation of India has to make necessary arrangements for the availability of required number of containers. very essential at Nasik market place. Hence rail transport support is
Tie up with processing Firm: TMC will establish tie up with some processing firm so as to do value addition in the comparatively low grade product, which amounts up to 25-30% of the total volume
Export outside the Country: In Maharashtra especially in Nasik region individual progressive farmers themselves are undertaking export of horticultural produce very successfully.
286
Private partner of the TMC shall extend its full support at this region for export activities to all the farmers and institutions engaged in export activities.
Branding Branding of F&V in the terminal market of Nasik will create opportunities for the profitable niche markets that could operate in conjunction with the bulk marketing system of terminal market. Consumers have also expectation that fruits and vegetable, which they will purchase through the terminal market, should be different from the commodity standard and they might be willing to pay premium for that. In a commodity system there is an overall effort to minimize the cost, but there is limitation on the cost front also. In these aspects branding of the Nasik market produce will give an opportunity to effect the cost of produce with quality, for which consumers are ultimately going for. But branding of Nasik market will not a cakewalk, there will be many supply control issues and pricing issues. So for this branding of Nasik market produce will be based on certain attributes like, a particular brand of fruits and vegetable of the Nasik terminal market might specify that the branding product can only come from selected area and justify this restriction based on the specific attributes of the region (e.g. Alphorns mango from Ratnagiri, Jalgaon Banana, Nasik Grape, Onion, Nagpur Orange etc.
287
Another way to control supply would be to limit membership of producers, which are supplying their produce to the collection center or directly to the terminal market, to a relatively small number of high quality producers or to a particular farmers group of the village and the selection of producers will be done on some quality criterion or location for restriction on supply control. Another way is through IPR or through trade sectors for some ingredients or process. Problems with branding:1. Producers or any chain members will not receive the price incentive. 2. Even the whole sellers or the end consumers provide the producer with price incentives to produce higher quality products, competition from other farmers quickly eliminate the profitability and eventually leading to disguise to the small scale producers.
3. Small-scale production leads to unprofitably of the branded products.
Branding will be successful step for Nasik terminal market because,
1. Price signal will be transmitted from the producers to the consumer. For producer- offering better price for better quality produce and eventually encouraging producer to build professionalism in them. In this way to all the channel members (since the P. Premium be distributed)
288
2. Since there will be a large-scale transaction through the Nasik terminal market, and it will justify the cost of creating and maintaining the differentiated image among the consumers.
3. The cash & carry format in the Nasik terminal market will be the major source through which the branded fruits and vegetables will be sold. It is a B-to-B way business so most of the multinational as well as the supermarkets and the retailer format supply will be met through the cash & carry. But the key success of branded F & V depends ultimately on the producers, because brand image can be maintained only by supplying the expected quality produces to the consumers, which requires monitoring and inspection committee for production. This will strengthen our backward linkage by disseminating adequate and updated cultural practices through the agri clinics present in the terminal market.
Producers
Regulator, Agriclinics of T.M
Cost of Certification & inspection

Accredit ion
Certification & inspection
Controls on inspection and suggestions
Inspection body
289
The proposed brand names for the terminal market produce are as follows, of which one can be selected by the market authority
Maha Fresco, Nasik fresco Terminal fresco Termana fresco Nasik Frescura Soul fresh Fresh day Fresh morning Maha fresh Nasik fresh Nasik ever fresh
290
New Approach to Transactional Banking The proposed model terminal market will have collection centers established in the hinterland for backward linkages and also will have sale centers/outlets in different states for forward linkages. All the financial transactions will be done through banks. Kisan credit cards are to be issued to farmers and also every farmer has to open a bank account at the collection center / terminal market. The farmers financial transactions their credit requirements etc. will have to be taken care by the banks. As stated in earlier paragraphs of this chapter the
farmers will be paid out of the corpus of revolving fund at the collection centers. The money collected out of the sale proceeds is to be pumped back from the sale centers to the revolving fund account. transactional banking here. As such there will be huge
Project team was contacted by ING Vishya Bank
and Robo Bank and had discussions regarding bank requirements. The bank officers were very happy to know about the development of terminal markets and have come forward to offer their services. The letter received from ING-
Vishya Bank, Pune Branch is enclosed at annexure.
This new transactional banking will open up a new era of agricultural banking in rural India. The days of farmers using the ATMs for their credit cards, debit
cards and kisan cards are not for away in India.
291
CHAPTER - XIII BUSINESS PROCESS AND IT ENABLED OPERATIONS

To run any business first we need to understand the business. After that every process should be documented. After understanding every activity of business, they are written in the form of processes in the form of workflows and steps of activities. Various departments are formed and organization hierarchy is prepared. Departmental manual is prepared for every department with descriptive details of their functioning. Here business process consist of three major components: Backward Linkage The Backward Linkage department is primarily responsible for procurement of produce and getting it to the Terminal Market as well as sales outlets and bulk buyers. They form collection center, which are responsible for sorting and grading of produce. Once the produce is received from farmer, a receipt note is given to the farmer. Later depending the price at which the produce is sold in the market, farmer is paid by collection center. Thus the collection center plays an important role between TM as farmer as a bridge to transact. These farmers form farmers association. Every collection center will have at-least three Backward Linkage Terminal Market Operation Forward Linkage
292
associations under them and further every association will have minimum of hundred-farmer member. Backward linkage department is also responsible for giving training, harvest plan to every collection center and in-turn to every association and their members. Details of backward linkage are given separate chapter. Terminal Market Operations Once the produce is received from Collection Center, then till it is sold in auction and dispatched to the buyer, the whole functional chain is part of Terminal Market operation. The diagram shown below depicts the business flow in the Terminal Market.
Produce from Collection Center Produce for Storage
Produce received at Terminal
Produce unloading Quality Check
Terminal Market Operation
Pallet Stacking
Produce Palletization Storage Hall Dispatch stored Produce
Bank Access
Auction
Buyer with payment information
Cold Storage Ripening Chamber
293
Fig 1.2: General representation of Terminal Market Operation
There are various departments in Terminal Market, which are responsible for the daily function of the Terminal Market. A list of these departments are listed below with their brief functionalities:
i)
Human Resource & Payroll: This department is responsible for handling issues related to employee, labor, their benefits, salary, allowance and all other legal issues.
ii)
Finance: This department is responsible for all finance related issues including payment of produce sold and purchased. Apart from this is also responsible for keeping track of company related accounts as per the standard accounting procedures.
iii)
Operations: Once the produce is received, this department is responsible to receive it and similarly dispatch the produce after it is sold. It is also responsible for the operation of cold storage, ripening chamber, weighing bridge, water treatment plant etc.
294
iv)
Quality Assurance department is responsible for making sure that the produce stored, received and dispatched is as per the specified quality.
v)
Maintenance: This department is responsible for the maintenance of all equipment in the Terminal Market.
vi)
Auction: Details of this department is given in a separate topic Auction.
vii) Security: This department is responsible for keeping track of vehicle, people who came in the Terminal Market and gone out of the Terminal Market. This department is also responsible for collecting the entry fee from various entities. viii) Logistics: Primarily responsible for arranging transportation for produce and crates management. ix) x) Backward Linkage: Already discussed earlier. Sales and Marketing: Getting buyers to the market, and resolving their disputes. This department is also responsible for selling produce space of ripening chamber, cold storages quality station, certification, grading lines, etc. This department also conducts various activities to promote the market.
295
xi)
Purchase and Stores: This department is responsible for day to day inventory management of all types items (except produce) required in the Terminal Market Forward Linkages
a) i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii)
Forward Linkages: Consist of following departments: Sales and Marketing already discussed above Shops and Godowns Terminal Market owned retail shop (Cash and Carry) Buyers Exporters Processors Forwarders / Transport Trade
The Forward Linkage part is shown in following figure
Forward Linkage
Retails shops in Terminal
Sales and Marketing
Buyers
Market Owned
Customer for booking in storage
Buyers
Exporters
Processors
Forwarders/ Transit Traders
296
i) ii)
Sales and Marketing already discussed above Shops and Godowns: these are the mega shops in the Terminal Market, which are rented to the buyers on contract basis. These buyers are authorized to sale, store the purchased produce by them in these shops. Every shop will have a storage area and an office.
iii)
Terminal Market owned retail shop cum cash and carry: these are the retails shops owned by the Terminal Market. These shops will sell the produce at the rate defined by the Sales and Marketing department. These shops are for keeping cap on the prices of various produce and also a channel for selling unsold produce. These are also called as Cash and Carry.
iv)
Buyers: Normal buyers are registered by a sales and marketing department person and this buyer can participate in auction to buy produce. He may be an exporter, a processor or a forward trading entity or delivery arranges.
Business Process Design and Implementation
1) Design i. List of some of the identified business processes for various departments are listed below:
297
1.
Backward Linkages: a. Preparatory activities of Backward Linkage Department like making guidelines for formation of collection center,
agreements etc.
b. Identifications
of
Collection
Center.
After
identification,
formation of collection center and monitoring them. c. Produce movement monitoring. d. Training to all entities of BL 2. Collection Center a. Registration of farmers. b. Crop planning and harvest planning c. Produce receive, consolidation and dispatch to TM d. Disbursing payment received from TM to farmers. e. Training to farmers. f. Crates management with TM and with farmers. 3. Quality Assurance: a. Defining quality norms for all produce i.e. Fruits and Vegetables, flowers.
298
b. Quality check at fruits and vegetables dock. c. Defining norms for Ripening chamber, Cold Storage. d. Quality check in Ripening chamber and Cold Storage.
4.
Auction: a. Pre-Auction activities. b. Pre-Bids. c. Dutch Auction d. English Auction e. English-Dutch Auction f. Tender type of Auction g. Operations. h. Material Receipt at security i. Gate entry fee. j. Produce receives at fruits and vegetables docs, ripening chamber, cold Storage. k. Weighing and palletisation of produce. l. Repining chamber, cold storage management and warehouse management. m. Dispatch of produce. n. Produce exit.
299
o. Operation procedures of all equipment e.g. Cold Storage, Ripening chamber, waste treatment plant and electric Generator etc. p. Security services. 5. Finance a. Finance related activities b. Maintaining voucher c. Preparing trial balance d. Profit and loss account e. Balance sheet f. TDS certificate g. Depreciation computation h. Budgeting i. Cost-Centers. 6. Human Resource a. Employee requisition b. Recruitment c. Induction d. Training e. Arrears f. Allowance g. Deductions
300
h. Bonus i. Taxes j. Salary computation k. Leave management l. Statutory requirements m. PF, ESI 7. Purchase and Stores a. Material grading, coding. b. Sub Stores. c. Vendors Management. d. Material requisition, issue, analysis (like MSN, ABC, XYZ). e. Tender, quotation, negotiation, PO generation, material receipt. f. Inventory management g. Issue of material 8. Logistics a. Transporter registration norms b. Transporter registration c. Road mapping d. Offsite transportation e. Transport allocation for produce movement
301
f. Transporter payment 9. Sales and marketing a. Preparatory activity for buyer registration, retail shops etc. b. Buyer registration c. Direct marketing d. Publicity, launch, demonstration and feedback e. Indents for unplanned items f. Marketing plan g. Training of buyers h. Produce indents from retailers i. Pre bids j. Buyer dispute resolution k. Ripening chamber and cold storage booking
ii.
The identified party for process automation should identify all business processes and write them in detail. The departmental manuals should be prepared from the same, and the part, which can be automated, should be identified.
iii.
There will be three types of Auctions. Dutch, English, English-Dutch, and Tendering System.
302
2)
Implementation i.Business Process Automation 1. Once the business processes are implemented, the company
who automated the business processes should manage the IT department for at least two years. The automation should be done in two phases. After the first phase is over, future enhancements and modifications required by users should be done. ii. Hardware
Hardware should be procured from two different companies. The cost estimates of Hardware are shown in the financial estimates.
303
CHAPTER XIV MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP AND PROFILE OF AUTHORITY Success of any business and organization depends on its management system. Ownership structure and its professional approach in managing the activities is key to success for any venture. In agricultural marketing, the problem of
unorganized, inefficient and non professional approach towards management of markets is well known. Wholesaling as well as retailing has its own problem in
the process. Wholesaling is largely monopolized by APMC managed markets and operations by licensed traders and as such, managing authority concentrate on collection of market fees and no service is provided to the stakeholders. In this background, it has been proposed by Govt. of India through its Modal Act and resultant ratification by State Govt. that private markets should be allowed to be established. The Govt. of Maharashtra has allowed private sector to invest, manage and trade through development of their own modern markets establishing backward and forward linkages. Under this provision, now development of Modern Terminal Markets for all agricultural commodities have been allowed by any organization or body of corporate under State Act, Govt. corporations, company registered under companies act 1956 directly or through any organization set up by it or in association with Farmers Association / other organization by inserting a new section under chapter V i.e section A and sub section (1). This amendment
304
would not only enable investors by development of private markets in the country but would also ensure efficiency and bring professionalism. For proposed Modern Terminal Market at Nasik it is desirable to propose a system of management which qualifies on following parameters: (i) Professional approach (ii) Deep insight and knowledge about fruits and vegetable trade (iii) Capacity to invest (iv) Available manpower (v) Network through out country (vi) Sufficient Infrastructure (vii) Bulk and retail handling experience (viii) Interest in Public-Private Partnership for market management.
A criterion for identification of organization has been discussed by the consultant with various stakeholders and industry people. On the basis of above various alternative options have been suggested for final selection of the model. The consultant has been asked to prepare report, keeping in view NAFED (National Agricultural Cooperative Marketing Federation Govt. of India Organization) in mind and propose suitable structure of management for the said market. NAFED has been identified as one of the most potential organization, which can qualify all criteria stated above and has the liberty to operate with private sector participation. Actual Management Authority may be different in terms of 305
governing day to day activities of the said terminal market which is proposed and subsequent paragraphs. Following is a brief description of activities of NAFED and its technical profile highlighting brief account of operations and future agenda. Profile NAFED with its long, vast and rich experience / expertise and infrastructure but it up during more than four decades is promoting the co-operative marketing of agricultural produce for the benefit of Farmers through its Head Quarter at New Delhi and four Regional offices situated at Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai & Kolkatta, with back up of its several branches situated in State / Capitals and other important centers and also through the network of state level Marketing Federations, Commodity Federations and other Member Co-operative Marketing Societies. Business strength of Nafed are Categorized as under:1) Domestic Operations:- Outright / Joint Venture / Consignment / Mis / PSS operations of Govt. of India 2) International Trade:- Export of Agricultural Commodities Enlisted both in canalized and Open General License (OGL) categories. Canalizing agency for export of Onion.
306
3)
Industrial Activities:
NAFED has created infrastructure for
warehousing, Grading & Packing of important agricultural commodities in the largest interest of Farmers. Also set up various Industrial Units for production of agricultural inputs for motivating the farmers to increase their produce.
Details of some of the Projects set up by Nafed are given under:a) Modern Onion godowns at Pimpalgaon (13 acre plot) & Lasalgaon (23 acre plot) in Maharashtra. b) Modern godowns of small capacities for storage of Onion at Beldari Chak and Shiekhpura in Bihar & Indore in Madhya Pradesh. c) Bio-fertilizer manufacturing units at Bharatpur (Rajasthan) Indore (Madhya Pradesh) d) A Cold Storage and a Warehouse at Lawrence Road, Delhi. This
Cold Storage of 25000 MTs capacity is located in the proximity of Azadpur mandi to facilitate farmers and traders to keep their stock of perishables. e) A Warehousing and processing unit at Vashi, Mumbai, Apart from providing storage facility, the processing facility is utilized for cleaning and processing of Niger seed, Pulses & Food grains.
307
f)
A grading, waxing and pre-cooling unit at Maujgarh in Punjab. The grading, washing & pre-cooling helps in prolonging the shelflife of perishables.
A list showing location and capacity-wise details of the existing Warehouses / General Warehouses and in pipeline is enclosed as Annexure A.
New Initiatives Nafed with its all the above available necessary infrastructure is capable and has the capacity to handle the proposed Mega-Project of Modern Terminal Market of Horticulture produce in Nasik district. sustenance and growth. of: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) Public Private Partnership Futures Trading Contract Farming Seeds & Fertilizers Secured advance to farmers against stock Recruitment of professionals Information Technology Nafed has taken a new initiative for its
Some of the initiatives taken by Nafed are in the areas
308
WAREHOUSE / COLDSTORAGE / BIO-FERTILIZER UNIT & VACANT LAND WITH NAFED
A.
Existing Warehouse Location Pimpalgaon, Maharashtra Lasalgaon, Maharashtra Ujwa, Delhi Indore, Madhya Pradesh Nagapattanam, Tamilnadu Beldari / Shekhpura / Bihar Sharif Total Capacity 1050 MTS 1600 MTS 1000 MTS 100 MTS 500 MTS 150 MTS 440 MTS
Onion Warehouses S.No. 1 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
General Warehouses S.No. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Vashi, Maharashtra Mattancherry, Kochi Gandhi Nagar, Kochi Madhavaram, Chennai Lawrence Road, Delhi Bharatpur, Rajasthan Bhiwadi, Rjasthan Raichur, Karnataka Lucknow, Utter Pradesh Morbi, Gujarat Total Location Capacity 4000 MTS 100 MTS 800 MTS 5500 MTS 4300 MTS 2000 MTS 1750 MTS 3000 MTS 3250 MTS 3200 MTS 27900 MTS
309
Capacity of Warehouses in Pipeline S.No. 1. 2. 3. Location Ganjbasoda, Madhya Pradesh Dewas, Madhya Pradesh Sriganganagar, Rajasthan Capacity 4000 MTS 10000 MTS 10000 MTS 56300 MTS Capacity 2500 MTS 30 MTS 3000 MTS 5530 MTS
Grand Total (Warehouses) B) Existing Cold Storages S.No. Location 1. Lawrence Road, Delhi 2. Pimpalgaon, Maharashtra 3. Vashi, Maharashtra Total
CAPACITY OF COLD STORAGES IN PIPELINE S.No. 1. 2. Location Lawrence Road, Delhi Pimpalgaon, Maharashtra Total Grand Total (Cold Storages) 9565 MTS C. Existing Bio-Fertilizer Units S.No. 1. 2. Location Indore, Madhya Pradesh Bharatpur, Rajasthan Total D. Open Container Yard, Dronagiri Area 2000.16 Sq. Mtrs. Capacity 450 MTS p.a 300 MTS p.a 750 MTS p.a Capacity 4000 MTS 35 MTS 4035 MTS
310
E.
Vacant Land Location Bharatpur, Rajasthan Bhiwadi, Rajasthan Chakan, Pune Lasalgaon, Nasik Pimpalgaon, Nasik Raichur Kuddapah, Andhra Pradesh Nagapattnam, Tamilnadu Chakkan, Mahrashtra Capacity 22750 Sq. Mtrs. 750 Sq. Mtrs. 2550 Sq. Mtrs. 73100 Sq. Mtrs. 46610 Sq. Mtrs. 36015 Sq. Mtrs. 7915 Sq. Mtrs. 4674 Sq. Mtrs. 2550 Sq. Mtrs.
S.No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Based on aforesaid analysis it is suggested that NAFED should invest, developed, own, manage and operate the said terminal market at Nasik with any of the model suggested below. Proposed Options Option I Option - II Option - III Owned by Govt. Organization and Managed by Private Entrepreneur Fully Owned and Managed by Govt. Organization subsidized by Govt. at initial stages Joint Venture Company (Two partners Govt. Owned Organization and Private Entrepreneur Joint Venture Company (Three partners Govt. Owned Organization, Private Entrepreneur and Financial Institution Fully Owned and Managed by Private Entrepreneur
Option IV
Option V
311
Proposed structure of management is in order of priority. options have been examined and proposed. been found to be option-I.
Various aforesaid
The best fit option in this case has
NAFED as principal borrower and sole owner of
assets will develop the market in consultation with a privately owned consortium of professional companies like, ITC, Foodland, Rajtech, Food World, Godrej etc. Two or three members consortium can take up entire operations of market These private
either on lease of fixed amount or net profit sharing basis.
companies can also act as equity holders among themselves based on their capacity of investment. Being a Govt. organisation, NAFED may not fit in Therefore, all infrastructure should be This PPP model in such
existing professional environment.
outsourced / leased out for operational purpose. projects at beginning stage is most appropriate.
Second alternate option of management of market is that NAFED should run it with newly inducted and professionally trained, hand picked staff as a potential challenge and future scope. It will run into losses in the beginning and even
pay back period may further extended. In this situation, losses in the beginning and even pay back period may further extended. In this situation, losses in the beginning should be borne by the Ministry of Agriculture. This model of
subsidizing operations and running of infrastructure is more common in China. Third best model contemplated to be most efficient and convenient is Joint Venture Company (JVC) between two partners, preferably one Govt. organization and another private entrepreneur. Joint company, would be more appropriate
312
structure more particularly in this case as NAFED has large strength of manpower and bulk handling experience with outlets and infrastructure in country and outside. The people need to be tuned and trained to suit to the
changed professional environment that available with private sector. Although there has not been much encouraging response from private sector to invest in this field as long gestation infrastructure development creates hindrance. However, strategic location of Nasik being adjacent to Mumbai and one of the best hub of horticulture in the country as well as futuristic development of business provides an opportunity to attract private investment and sharing in management of proposed auction center. It would be appropriate to form a
separate company, which can undertake the operations and management while ownership remains with the NAFED. The company will equally share the powers and responsibilities and become proportionate shareholders of the company. Loan from the bank can be raised by NAFED availing due subsidy and through a MOU both partners can share the equity. For this purpose NAFED can invest 49 percent while 51 percent by private sector, day-to-day management being with private sector. NAFED can have option to divert its share in favor of private
sector partner or in favor of other stakeholder in future or vice versa. Any other pattern of shareholding may also be examined keeping in view the capabilities of both partners and future agenda.
313
Management of Market: The managing authority will appoint a team of regular personal drawn from professionals and recruited directly (50%) for the project. Till appointment
process and training is over interim arrangements may be made which can start working with the farmer immediately to ensure their wholehearted involvement. The promoters will also appoint the Board of Directors for managing the affairs of the company. Farmer Besides the nominee of the promoters, representatives of Institutional buyers, Traders, Financial institutions,
association,
Transporters and Service providers may be included in the board of directors. Powers of the Board: Apart from overall administration of the market, the members would also contribute towards establishing trading system, maintaining systems for services, registration, condition of lease, contracts, rents, parking fees, penalties etc.
314
4. PERSONNEL /ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
MANAGING DIRECTOR
(CEO) 1
GENERAL MANAGER (WHOLESALE)
GENERAL MANAGER (AUCTION)
Manager
Manager
HRD & Admn.
FINANCE
Operations & IT
Marketing
Logistics
Fruit hall
Vegetable Hall
Procurement and Quality Control
Fig: Organogram of organizational structure Manpower set-up for the Market: There will be one Chief Executive Officer for day-to-day management, who will be appointed by the Board of Directors. Organogram depicted above shows a
set up of various departments in two broad categories namely, (a) Wholesale Market (b) Auction Center. Each department will work in close coordination and contribute towards efficient working of the market. Specialization of
performance, specific functions will be developed separately according to the need of infrastructure. The Chief Executive Officer should have wide experience
315
in the field with zeal to drive and convert vision into action. He should motivate the staff and depute them according to their capabilities. One senior level officer would look after administration, finance and human resource development preferably, designated as general manager (Wholesale Market) who will also take care of administrative requirement of collection centers and sales outlets. details of lower level management are enclosed with the financial statement. As proposed 50 percent of staff would be drawn from NAFED it is essential to organize training to improve their efficiency, skill, motivation and bring professionalism. The change in attitude of people towards the management, Therefore, The
marketing, cleanliness of market and customer care is essential.
training on modern management technical, communication skills, quality consciousness, leadership style, management of change and tasks and responsibility with least stress and strain is paramount important.
The functions of finance department would be budgeting, accounting, dealing and disbursement etc apart from the normal activities the section would also take care of cash, management of receivable, profit and loss account and control system. The general administration will work directly with CEO and would be
contributing towards traffic management, surveillance, complaint handling, security, cleanliness and waste disposal etc.
316
Central Auction Central Auction will function as an independent profit center. The management
of Auction covers receiving material, maintaining quality in house, technical supervision of auction system, upgrading the hardware from time to time, managing auction halls and collects all revenues relating to auctions. This
department would be separate from the general management and would be headed by a senior level of officer called general manager (Auctions). Details of auction system have been given in separate chapter. Management of auctions
will include Cargo handling, mechanized handling and material movement, auction time and management, coordination with instruction quality and standardization, real time auctions, registration of buyers and dissemination of information through electronic display boards at collection centers, coordination with collection centers, training for stakeholders, managing un registered suppliers and buyers etc.
On line Commodity Trading Platform In order to bring new dimension in trading of Agricultural Commodity, it has been suggested that NCDEX will provide, maintained and operate online commodity trading platform in the Terminal market. The management of this
platform would be the responsibility of commodity exchange out of their own cost. Operational details have been given foregoing chapters.
317
Logistic Team In order to ensure proper logistic support to the material and maintaining regular flow of produce this section will the responsible for providing all logistic support including transportation, electronic grading, containers, plastic carets, packaging, where housing, processing, ripening chambers, cold storages, quality stations and other logistic required from time to time by different stakeholders.
Sales Outlet Team This team would undertake to way functions. The team will ensure disposal
material received directly from collection centers or through central auction system and dispose it off in distinct market, collect commissions, receive payment from buyers, maintain records and transparency, online monitoring of sales and procurement as well as supplying material from distinct markets to other sales outlets across the country. The members will ensure sale of
material on remunerative prices and arrange all logistics what so ever required there. Agri Clinics and Extension
Every collection center will have at least one agri-clinic managed by market authority. The extension agent/ manager of the clinic will be responsible for all He would not only provide
kids of requirement of extension for the farmers.
input for technology of transfer but also offer advisory services and provide
318
access to market information including status on Govt. programmes and schemes. This team would also advice farmers on production planning,
maintaining quality through pre harvest practices.
Details of Business process including systems and approach have well been explained in a separate chapter. Separate division of marketing, procurement,
quality control, technical services, operations, quality assurance, training to buyers and sellers etc., has been properly explained. Issues related to general
training, semi skilled workers and maintenance of services is an integral part of management.
With regard to the handling of market related issues pertaining to traders, wholesalers, retailers, service providers towards allotment of shops, lease rents, maintenance, fees, service charge, registration fees, parking charges, handling charges, service charges, income from forward linkages (sales outlets) rentals for carrots, deposit from shops and Godowns, rentals from shops and commercial building, weighbridge charges, cold storages, harvest and general finance division will take care of. pruning machines,
Issues pertaining to growers towards auction commission, sale commission would be subjected to reviewed to time to time and would be made former friendly.. Procedure for registration and payment remittance will be on line
319
connected with central auction and the bank records. The farmers would be paid cash on the same day just after auction is over and the entries would be automatically transferred to the farmers account. section would remain with the finance division. The management of this
Start up In order to gain out of experience and placing things in advance it is desirable that a core team is constituted and they should start at least 6 months advance, get them trained in professional institute like NIAM, give them international exposure, arrange work experience with supermarkets and large supply chain companies. Foreign ex-poser visit of employees is equally important for better understanding of state of art of handling techniques and manage infrastructure efficiently. Based on experience experimental auction should be organized to
identify problem areas, exact requirement of manpower, job placement and suitability and total system automation. The market should be well publicized with high lighting special features and facilities to create interest among stakeholders. at initial stages. An expert from renowned institution can be taken on deputation
320
CHAPTER XV IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROJECT Once the Project Framework has been made, its implementation holds a key. This involves the activities involved, the time frame, Scheduling and actual implementation. Its very important firstly, to well define the activities involved and then prepare the scheduling for the actual implementation accordingly.
Activities The implementation strategy for the project involves three types of activities: Construction, Infrastructure Developing the Commercial Facilities by marketing and sales of shops and the existing facilities Development of organisation and the systems. Improvement and Development of the Physical
Scheduling The first two activities are interrelated and hence require to be scheduled at the same time. These activities, therefore, have been represented in a combined
PERT CHART. The third activity has been depicted separately. The scheduling of
321
various activities in two PERT CHARTS has been done keeping in view the interdependence of factors of each.
Project Undertaker
The implementation of the project would be taken by a separate company formed by Marketing Board after taking management level decision on the investment, organisation structure and commitment of funds. ups also have to be managed by Marketing Board. The financial tie-
These activities are pre-
project activities and hence, not specifically depicted in the implementation schedules.
STEPS IN THE ACTUAL PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION Project Management Team Marketing Board along with private sector investor (if involved) would promote a company, which will appoint an interim management team to start the implementation activities. It is therefore recommended that the managers of
the project, responsible for project co-ordination and operations, be involved right from the beginning and the critical managers such as chief executive, technical and operations head, auction director, some personnel from general administration and finance be recruited expeditiously.
322
Management during designing and construction The construction phase is quite critical, specially since this project is one of its kind in the country, as it is not only sophisticated in terms of the equipment and facilities but also in terms of systems and procedures. The entire operations need close monitoring and professional guidance. Detailed engineering and architectural design and drawings need to be prepared, which will require engagement of professional engineering and architectural companies.
Preparation of NIT specifying the designs and bills of material for equipment The management team would appoint architects for the designing and preparation of detailed engineering drawings that will lead to preparation of bills of materials and tender notices. In order to invite quotations and offers from
suppliers of various equipment and contractors for erection etc. specification and bill of materials will have to be prepared by consultants. The consultants will
help the project management team in NIT preparation, evaluation of tenders/offers and inspection and testing. In order to get international quality
infrastructure, professional consultants should be associated for preparing implementation systems including supervision of construction, development of market rules and procedures.
323
Appointment of Contractors for the construction of Infrastructure and buildings Thereafter, contractors will be appointed for various construction works such as development of infrastructural facilities, wholesale blocks, auction hall, exporters block, transit area and administrative buildings.
Purchase and installation of plant, machinery and equipment When buildings are 75% complete the process of acquisition of plant and machinery, development of interiors for office and administrative blocks may be initiated. Since a large number of buildings are to be constructed, it is expected that the process of completion of various blocks will take place at different points in time. The management of market will take due care that the construction of independent buildings are completed in the minimum possible time and accordingly internal fitting equipments etc. may be purchased. It will be
advisable to prepare more detailed activity schedules and critical path charts for close monitoring. Setting up of systems and sale of shops and plots In between the consultative committee may be appointed as soon as the development of physical infrastructure is initiated. This committee assists the management in strategic decision making and setting up of systems with regard to the following issues:
324
Procedure for inspection and quality marking Development of synchronized software for entire operations right from receiving till dispatch.
Rules and regulations for registration of suppliers and buyers Financial systems relating to billing and receiving of payments Development of MIS Feed back to supplier on quality, prices and payments etc. Extensions and production enhancement activities Supply and demand forecasting for different commodities
Recruitment of Staff and Training
The recruitment of staff and their training will have to be ensured. The trained staffs are to be in their positions at least 2-3 months before the commencement of the operations in the market.
Inaugurating the operations of the market The start of auction and wholesale activities are independent of each other but can be started simultaneously. However, it may be helpful to start wholesale
section before the auction so that a buyer base is already developed before central auctions take place. Similarly farmers involvement and establishment of collection centres have to take place alongside other developments in the market. Before inauguration of the market, the staff will have to carry out
325
operational rehearsals and dry runs. Each department has to make its own plan and schedule of activities for the efficient operation of the market.
Implementation Schedule
Sn 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Activities/Time (in Months) Land/Location Identification Preparation of Feasibility Report and Sanction of Term Loan Land Development Stuctural Designing & Drawing of Building Approval of Maps from Competent Authority Preparation of Specification Design Parameters etc Tendering of Civil Works Evauation and Awarding of Works Construction of Boundary Wall and Gates Construction of Civil Works Formation of Farmers Groups Finalisation of Collection and Sales Centre Tendering for Plant and Equipments and MFA Evaluation and Finalisation of Orders Receipt of Equipments and their Erection Commentioning of Plants and Equipments 0-3 3-6 6-9 9-12 12-15 15-18 18-21 21-24
Fig; Chart showing the implementation schedule of the Project
326
CHAPTER - XVI
CALCULATION OF FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC VIABILITY
Financial and economic appraisal is an important component of any project without which it is incomplete. Increasing awareness about the use of scare resources and the returns obtainable from it makes the issue more important. Financial analysis is used to describe the commercial viability of the project and shows its strength from financial angle. The concept of economic analysis can be considered as an extension of the financial analysis. In economic analysis the concern is on the developmental effect on the society/economy as a whole as against the financial analysis that bothers the interest of the specific entity. In the present report, financial analysis has been done for Terminal Market.
i)
Economic Life of the Project
The horizon is important for calculation of benefit and cost of a project. Generally, 10-15 years period is considered proper as economic life of the project. In present case, calculations have been made assuming the economic life of the markets as 10 years.
ii)
Gestation Period
327
It has been assumed that two-years period will be sufficient for completion of the proposed construction to make the new market yard fully operational. The full revenue in the form of ground rent is expected to flow after a gestation period of two years only.
iii)
Occupancy While making calculations, it has been assumed that all 20% utilization of total capacity will be achieved in new market in the 3rd year of the project, as growers and traders would get better remunerations/trading facilities. Occupancy of space in shops and godowns has been estimated for full year.
iv)
Income and Expenditure
The main source of income of market is service/handling charges, leased/rent, parking and other sources of income. The income from market is assumption on following parameters: Assumptions
In the absence of past trends and its proper records it is necessary to make certain assumptions based on the reality of situations for assessing the true viability of any project. For this project, following assumptions have been taken: Cost of Project
328
i)
The cost of project has been estimated on the basis of prevailing market rates assessment- Quotations.
ii)
The means of finance have been taken as follows: (a) Term Loan @ 50% and subsidy @ 25% of cost of capital assets of Rs. 5645.77 lacs comprises of cost of Land, Building & Civil Work, Machine and Equipments, the Pre-operative Expenses and Contingencies and Escalations being capitalized and allocated to different capital assets. (b) The promoter's contributions in the Form of share capital have been taken as Rs. 1764.93 lacs being 29.43 % of total cost of project. (c) The debt equity ratio is 1: 1.60
Building & Civil Construction

1. 2. 3. The area of construction has been taken on the basis of drawings enclosed. The rates of construction have been on the basis of estimate as per Architect's working of enclosed. The costs taken on Lump Sum basis have been on basis of prevailing market rate and requirement in the project.
Misc. Fixed Assets

1. Plastic crates have been taken as 5000 crates for one collection centres and for 20 collection centres it works out to be 1,00,000 crates 2. The solar system is street lighting in 30 acre area. The No. of lights have been estimated 100.
329
330
Interest During Construction Period

1. The construction period is as per implementation schedule enclosed and
the interest has been calculated at borrowing rate of 6.75% per annum.
Cost of Operations
Following expenses have been increased by indicated % against each head for next following years and freezing them during 7th year of operation when the capacity utilization is advised at 100% 1. Salary, Rent, Repair and Maintenance, Security Services Electricity and Water have been taken on basis of working in schedule of cost of operation and have been increase @ 5% every year. 2. 3. Vehicle Hiring and Traveling expenses have been presumed @ Rs 1.00 Lacs per months with increase @ 2% every year. Printing and Stationery and Postages Courier have been taken on basis of working in schedule of cost of operation and have been increased @ 10% every year. 4. 5. Communication cost have been taken @ Rs 50,000 per month and have been increased @ 1% every year It is presumed that 10% of the cost of crates for the first year will be required for replacement of crates every year from IInd year of operations. 6. The Advertisement and Publicity, Rates and Taxes and Miscellaneous expenses have been taken on fix amount every year as per working in schedule of cost of operation. 7. 8. Insurance as per Schedule "D". Power & Fuel taken on basis of capacity utilization as per schedule C.
331
Income Estimates
1. 2. The Registration fee from Farmers, Entrance fee from Growers, and Entrance fee for despatch vehicles taken NIL It is presumed that 7500 trucks will arrive with produce and the same number of trucks will leave for despatch of material. The parking charge for vehicle have been presumed Rs 10/- per vehicle. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Handling charges and service charges have been taken as 0.50% and 3.50% of total turnover respectively. The Rental for crates for Farmers and Buyers have been on basis of Rs. 0.75 per crate per day. Rentals for 75 shops cum godown have been estimated at Rs.15000/each per month with 3% increase every year The total acre for commercial activities have been taken 66650 sq. ft. and Rentals @ Rs.20/- per sq ft with 3% increase every year Other income includes income from cold storage, Ripening Chambers, Harvesters and pruning Machines, Grading, Waxing Machines, Colour Vision System and Laboratory is as per Schedule of details of other income and have been increased @ 5% per year upto 6th year and freezing the same thereafter.
Interest on Term Loan

The Rate of Interest on Term loan has been presumed @ 6.75% per annum.
Repayment of Loan
Repayment of Loan has been presumed within 10 years in equal quarterly installments with moratorium period of 2 years for project implementation.
332
Dividend
It has been presumed that 7.5% dividend will be paid on the share capital from the fourth year of operations.
Profitability
Operating profit have been worked out for 10 years of operations by deducting total operating expenditure from total income. Net benefits are net of interest payment, depreciation and taxes.
Depreciation
Depreciation has been estimated by the straight-line method for calculation of profitability and WDV method as per Income Tax laws for calculation of tax liability.
Financial Analysis
In Terminal Market main source of the market revenue is from service charge from buyers, Sales Centers and ground rent from the marketers for space occupied / allotted. Income and expenditure items taken into consideration have been explained earlier. Now, cash flow statement and cost-benefit analysis are important to be analyzed.
333
334
Cash Flow Projections
Projected cash flow statements as well as income and expenditure statements are enclosed in financial projections. The statements indicate the flow for next 10 years of operation. As could be seen from annexure that development
proposals for markets would be able to repay the loan along with interest with the projected volume of throughput. Cost-Benefit Analysis In order to assess the financial viability of development proposals, Internal Rate of Return (IRR) of each market has been worked out with reference to total capital cost and expected gross benefits from the third year to the 10th year of operation. The IRR of market is very much high i.e. 17.25% which for an infrastructure project with funding at 6.75% rate of interest would be considered very good. Financial Parameters The project fulfills all financial parameters as per following details Financial Parameters of the Project
Sn Particulars Value 1: 1.60 1.82 10.00 46.68 28.79 17.25
1 Debt Equity Ratio 2 Debt Service Coverage Ratio 3 Pay Back Period (Years) 5 Break Even Point (%age) 6 Cash Break Even Point (%age) 7 IRR (in %age)
335
336
Sensitivity Analysis The project is very much sustainable at reduction of main source of income i.e. service charges by 5% and also in case the cost of operations are increased by 5%. The result of both the sensitivity analysis on IRR is as follows : IRR Service charges decrease by 5% Cost of operations are increased by 5% 11.19% 7.81%
Economic Benefits
Although the project seems to be viable from commercial point of view, economic benefits likely to be accrued are also quite high. In case of markets, which have been found viable, the project can be considered. Major tangible and intangible benefits such markets will generate are:
Better backward-forward integration will bring efficiency, Reduce PH losses end incur higher net returns to grower because of special feature of transparency and cash payment.
The market will become attractive and accessible to producers. Provision of better market facilities will reduce market congestion and improve hygienic condition.
337
Provision of modern infrastructure facilities like electronic grading lines, ripening chambers, cool chain and Electronic Auctioning will reduce the loss of the commodities both qualitatively and by offering better mechanized conveyor base material handling facilities quality and shelf life of produce will increase. Development of modern market will provide employment opportunities to local poor during the course of trading and construction. Of course, since capital investments will depend on grants, it can be clubbed with like agriclinic for agricultural graduates. In a state like Maharashtra where cooperative sector play important role, such models can function as growth centres besides meeting place for rural folk. Construction of a pucca market will enhance socio-economic interaction enormously in addition to marketing activities. Marketing
extension, market information service etc will get a direct boost. Procurement of various commodities will become easier and increase zone of influence of commodities. Better marketing facilities through collection centers in interior areas of the state will provide incentive to the producers to market efforts to enhance their production, so that whatever surplus is generated, may be marketed easily. Thus the production of commodities, even by small
338
producers will go higher and income of the producers will go up due to better price and higher marketed surplus.
In the absence of an appropriate technique for quantification of benefits derived from qualitative developments in social/ agriculture sector, it could not be minutely worked out. Pre and post terminal market scenerio and acceptance level of the new concept by stakeholders Pre and post scenario of terminal market establishment at Nasik
Problems
1
Solutions
Only notified commodities can be Only graded material will be accepted in traded by licensed traders in notified the terminal market and no any other area with payment of fees under criterion for trading of the produce by regulatory framework of APMC registered trader with no limitation of notified area and no involvement of commission agent.
No commodities can be traded and no transaction can take place without payment of the market fee to APMC by any means
No any market fee to be paid for trading and transaction in the modern terminal market. Sound backward and forward linkages and modern value added facilities in the terminal market No monopoly of any single authority and provision of alternate authority to operate in the market Land use pattern in the system is totally changed and is allocated in such a way
Market does not play a proactive role in attracting produce or in facilitating the farmers to organise the logistics
Lack of perfect marketing conditions, an environment of regulation and monopoly of existing traders.
The land use pattern in side the market is de-faulty
339
to suit into different stakeholders 6 Parking in circulation area either openly ignored or encroached on Parking and vehicular movement is changed and to suit different stakeholders 7 Chaos is a common phenomenon at trading places in fruits and vegetables since there is no single centralized auction system. 8 The scenario of congestion, Chaos and unhygienic condition 9 Lack of post harvest handling, assembling, sorting, grading, packing, transportation, quality certification, pallatization, labeling, pre-cooling, cold-store, ripening chambers and exports. 10 The present system does not cope up with cultural change, technological advancements and professional expectation of different stakeholders 11 High levels of price fluctuations in key produce 12 The traders are also facing the problem of arranging transport to major destinations. The proposed system has scope for accommodating modern technological, future expansion and accountable to the need of stakeholder. Less price fluctuation and the fate is more predictable This will be taken care by the terminal market. Hygienic and modern with mechanized material movement facility All the facilities are provided at both end of the terminal market and at the collection centers. Cenrtralised Auction System (CAS) is introduced in the modern terminal market.
340
COMPARISON WITH NDDB (SAFAL) MARKET, BANGALORE S.N o. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Item Daily No. of Vehicle Arriving Expected Daily Arrival Average Vehicle Load Built up Area Auction System (i) Hall (ii) Technology (iii) System 600 2400 MT 850 MT (2003) 4 MT 6.00 lac Sq. ft (22% of Total Area) Bangalore 300 1000 MT 200 MT (First year) 4 MT 3.00 lakh sq. ft. Nasik
2 (Capacity of 150 in 2 (Capacity of 75 in each) each) Plasma Display Clock Mechanically Exposed 3 Systems Clock Only Dutch 10 (100 x 50) = 10,000 MT 10 of 25 MT each 2400 meters (600 vehicles ) 45 crores 300 Rs.200 crore Above Rs. 100 crore already spent Rigid- (Advance Deposit ) 5 (100 x 50) = 5000 MT 6 of 25 MT each 1200 meters (300 vehicles) 23 crores 75 Rs.59 crore
6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
Cold Storage Ripening Chamber Queuing of Vehicles (Average 4 meters length) Civil Cost Shops and Godowns Cost of Project
12.
(Forward Linkages) Registration of Buyers; Inadequate Buyers Backward Linkages Collection Centres
Flexible - No Advance Bank will Extend Credit Limit to Buyers 20 100
14.
45 225
341
Farmers Association Membership Information Communication Liquidity Arrangements for Buyers and Cash Daily Payment to Growers Agri-clinic & Extension Support One Stop Shopping for Input Transparency
Registered Inadequate and incomplete
Flexible Electronic Display Board & Multi Purpose Information Kiosks
No Arrangement
Provisions made with Installation of ATMs and Revolving Fund Arrangements made at CC level
No Arrangement
Arrangements made at CC level Arrangements made at CC level Free Weather Insurance Personal Insurance, Animal Health Insurance Accidental Insurance, Concessional Educational Loans to Farmers wards, Concessional Health services, etc. Electronic Grading-sorting lines for Grapes, pomegranate, mango; shrink wrap packaging unit for vegetables palletisation, Testing & certification laboratory and stateof-art Colour Vision System Quality Station for Fruits.
No Arrangement
No Arrangement NIL NIL
15.
Other Additional Attraction for Sellers Export Infrastructure -
N.B- Annexure of Financial analysis is attached in the forthcoming sections of the Report.
342
Proposals
Modern Terminal Market Nasik Modern Terminal Market Nasik
Cost of Project and Means of Finance

Sn 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 8 Particulars Cost of Project Land Building and Civil Work Machines and Equipments Misc Fixed Assets Furniture and Fixture Preliminary and Pre-Operative Expenses Contingencies and Escalations Security Deposits Working Capital Margins (on the basis of IInd year of Operation at 50% capacity Utilization) Total Amount (Rs. In Lacs) 420.00 2313.96 1519.22 877.27 42.50 288.35 184.47 0.60 350.00 5996.37
Means of Finance 1 Share Capital 2 Subsidy 3 Term Loan Total Note
1764.93 1411.44 2820.00 5996.37
(i) The cost of project have been estimated on the basis of prevailing market rates assessment- Quatations.
(2) The means of finance have been taken as follows: (a) Term Loan @ 50% and subsidy @ 25% of cost of capital assets of Rs. 5645.77 lacs comprises of cost of Land, Building & Civil Work, Machine and Equipments, the Pre-operative Expenses and Cotingencies and Esclations being capitalised and allocated to different capital assets. (b) The promotors contribution in the Form of share cpaital have been taken as Rs. 1764.93 lacs being 29.43 % of total cost of project. (c) The debt equity ratio is 1: 1.60
Page 1 1
Financial Parameters of the Project

Sn 1 2 3 5 6 7 Particulars Debt Equity Ratio Debt Service Coverage Ratio Pay Back Period (Years) Break Even Point (%age) Cash Break Even Point (%age) IRR (in %age) Value 1.60 1.82 10.00 46.68 28.79 17.25
Page 2
PROPOSED TERMINAL MARKET WHOLESALE AT NASIK Details of Building and Civil Work Sl.No. 1 2 3 Description Auction Halls, Commercial building, Administration (25m x 30m) Display area (10m x 40m) (i) Fruit halls, Crate, Despatch (25mx75m, 50mx20m (ii) Docks (I) Vegetable Halls, Crate, Despatch (25mx75m, 50mx20m) (ii) Docks Corridor - GF + FF (F&V) (8m wide) Corridor - GF + FF (Part) (4.5m wide) Godown-cum-office (1) including dock (40m x 75m) Godown-cum-office (2) including dock (40m x 75m) Cold store ( 50m x 25m) Refrigeration plant & workshop (12m x 20m) Shed for cleaning snacks (12 x 12) Utility block (20m x 25m) Security kiosk, Entrance gates Toilet Blocks - 2 nos. Garbage Collection shed - 2 nos. Under Ground Sump (200 KL) Overhead Tank - 1 no. (100 KL each) Compound Wall etc. 2 Roads, Yards, Drains - RCC-50000 m , BT2 12500 m Sewer Treatment Plant/ Effluent Treatment Plant Tube Well/ Boring Gardening and Pathways Internal Electrification Signages etc. External sewerage, recycled water distribution Qty 2250.00 400.00 2875.00 330.00 2875.00 330.00 1200.00 775.00 3000.00 3000.00 1250.00 240.00 144.00 500.00 LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS Unit 2 m m 2 m m 2 m m 2 m 2 m 2 m m
2 2 2 2
Rate 9000.00 6000.00 6000.00 6000.00 6000.00 6000.00 6000.00 6000.00 7000.00 7000.00 6000.00 6500.00 4000.00 6000.00
Amount 20250000.00 2400000.00 17250000.00 1980000.00 17250000.00 1980000.00 7200000.00 4650000.00 21000000.00 21000000.00 7500000.00 1560000.00 576000.00 3000000.00 2000000.00 2500000.00 1000000.00 1000000.00 1600000.00 10000000.00 57500000.00 2000000.00 200000.00 4000000.00 15000000.00 1000000.00 6000000.00 231396000.00
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
m 2 m m 2 m
2
22 23 24 25
Page 3

NAME AND SPECIFICATION OF MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENTS S.No. A. Name of Specifications of Machine Material Handling Equipments Hydraulic Trucks Battery Operated Forklift Weighing Scales Box Strapping Machinery Brand Hydraulic Pallet Lifting Truck B. Grading Sorting Lines & Machinery Electronic Grading-Sorting Line for Grapes Electronic Grading-Sorting Line for Pomegranate, Mango, Citrus and Other round/Oval fruits Portable Quality Station (Internal Quality Sansor Analyser) Vegetale Sorting and Shrink Wrap Packaging Unit C Chamber Machinery Ethylone Gas Gnerator and Banana Ripening Machines Pre-cooling Equipments Cold Store Equipments D Centrally Airconditoning Machines Mechanized & Conveyor Movement Equipment Under ground Horizontal and inclined Conveyors with Drive Pully, Slider Plates, Gear Box etc. E Ancillary Equipments Water Treatment Plant Water Lifting Motors F Small Material Handling Equipments Chain Pulling Wire Rope Chain Electric Traveling Trolley Worm Gear Gantry Crane Tripod Crab Winch Jib Crane LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS 0.20 0.10 0.20 0.40 0.10 0.50 0.30 0.30 0.50 1321.06 198.159 1519.22 1 5 30000 ltr. 30 30.00 1.00 6 5 1 20 10 25 MT 10MT 5000 MT 2 Tonne. 160MT 2500000 3600000 40000000 10000 1000000 150.00 180.00 400.00 2.00 100.00 1 1 1 1 1 MT/hr 2.5MT/hr. 2.5MT/hr 20000000 15000000 2600000 2500000 200.00 150.00 26.00 25.00 2 2 10 10 1 3 MT 3MT 2MT 300 kg 185000 75000 4000 3200 4854000 3.70 1.50 0.40 0.32 48.54 Quantity Size Unit Rate (Rs.) Amount
Total Add @ 15% of total Cost for Excise Duty, Sales Tax, Service Tax, Freight, Erection and Commissioning G. Total
Page 4
Schedule -H
Details of Repair, Maintenance and Insurance

Sn Item Repair and Maintenance Insurance Value Rate Amount Amount %age Rs in Lacs Rs in Lacs 2313.96 1519.22 877.27 42.50 0 1% 2% 2% 2% 0% 23.14 30.38 17.55 0.85 0 0.23 7.60 8.77 0.21 4.00
1 2 3 4 5
Building Machinery and Equipment Misc Fixed Assets Furniture and Fixture Farmers insurance (200 per Collection Centre @ Rs 100 per Annuam for 20 Collection Centres ) Total
71.92
20.81
Page 5
Schedule G
Calculation of Cost of Power and Fuel

Sn Item Power Power No. of Requirem requireme Hours ent in nt in Units per day KW 150 150 100 100 150 150 100 100 8 24 10 10 No. of To. No. of Unit Days Units per Rate in Year Rs Annual Amount (Rs.)
Power 1 Electronic Auction Hall 2 Cold Storage 3 Grading and Sorting and Cleaning Lines 4 Mechenical Handling Machine with pre-cooling unit 5 6 7 8 9 Ripening Chambers Fork Lift Weighing Scale A.C. Misc Total
300 350 300 300
360000 1260000 300000 300000
5.50 5.50 5.50 5.50
1980000 6930000 1650000 1650000
100 50 10 200 50 910
100 50 10 200 50 910
24 350 840000 5.50 4620000 10 300 150000 5.50 825000 8 300 24000 5.50 132000 10 300 600000 5.50 3300000 10 300 150000 5.50 825000 114 2800 3984000 21912000 At 100% Capacity Utilisation Rs in Lacs 219.12 3187200 796800 5.5 17529600 5.94 4732992
80% from MSEB @ 20% from DG Sets @ Fuel H.P.Diesel No. of. Liters Unit Rate Total Amount Year
167243.5 28.3 4732992 Amount Amount Total Capacity MSEB in DG Sets Amount in Lacs in Lacs Utilisation Lacs 20% 35.06 9.47 44.53 50% 87.65 23.66 111.31 80% 140.24 37.86 178.10 100% 175.30 47.33 222.63
1st year 2nd year 3rd year 4th year
Note : The expenses from 4th Year onward have been estimated on the basis of capacity utilisation of 100% and presuming no changes in MSEB tariff and diesel prices C. Electricity & Water Administrative Block Tubewell Total
100 50 150
100 50 150
10 5 15
210 350 560
210000 87500 297500
5.5 5.5 11
1155000 481250 1636250
Page 6
Year wise Cost of Operation

3rd Year 1st YeIInd Y Gestation Period of the Project i.e. first 2 years 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Salary & Wages Rents Power & Fuel Electricity & Water Cost of Crates Replacement Repair & Maintenance as ScheduleD Vehicle Hiring & Travelling Communication Printing and Stationary Postage, Couriers Security Services Advertisement and Publicity Insurance Rates and Taxes Misc. Expenses Total 194.98 19.20 44.53 16.36 0.00 71.92 12.00 6.00 3.00 0.60 16.20 5.00 20.81 1.00 1.00 411.60 204.72 20.16 111.31 17.18 25.00 75.52 12.24 6.06 3.30 0.66 17.01 5.00 18.73 1.00 1.00 517.90 4th Year 5th Year 6th Year 7th Year 8th Year 9th Year 10th Year 11th 12th Year Year 214.96 225.71 236.99 236.99 236.99 236.99 236.99 236.99 21.17 22.23 23.34 23.34 23.34 23.34 23.34 23.34 178.10 222.63 222.63 222.63 222.63 222.63 222.63 222.63 18.04 18.94 18.94 18.94 18.94 18.94 18.94 18.94 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 79.29 83.26 87.42 87.42 87.42 87.42 87.42 87.42 12.48 6.12 3.63 0.73 17.86 5.00 16.86 1.00 1.00 600.24 12.73 6.18 3.99 0.80 18.75 5.00 15.17 1.00 1.00 661.39 12.99 6.24 4.39 0.88 19.69 5.00 13.66 1.00 1.00 678.17 12.99 6.24 4.39 0.88 19.69 5.00 12.29 1.00 1.00 676.80 12.99 6.24 4.39 0.88 19.69 5.00 11.06 1.00 1.00 675.57 12.99 6.24 4.39 0.88 19.69 5.00 9.95 1.00 1.00 674.47 12.99 6.24 4.39 0.88 19.69 5.00 8.96 1.00 1.00 673.47 12.99 6.24 4.39 0.88 19.69 5.00 8.06 1.00 1.00 672.58
Page 7
Cost of Land and Site Development

Particulars A 1 2 3 4 Cost of Land Area (acres ) Cost of Survey and Priliminary Investigations Land Registration Cost (10% of Cost) Land Development Cost Total Unit in Acre 50 LS LS Rate per Acre 700000 Amount ( in Rs) Basis
35000000 1000000 On basis of 3500000 Market Price 2500000 Assessment 42000000
Page 8
Details of Preliminary and Pre-Operating Expenses

A Priliminary Expenses 1 Company Incorporation Expenses Total A Pre Operating Expenses Consultancy Charges Preparation of DPR Archetect Fee @ 3% of Building Cost including Cost of Preparation of Tender Documents Loan Processing Fee Expenses during Project Implementation Salary, Traveling, Communication and Misc Advertisement, Publicity and Awareness Programmes (Annexure-1) Interest on Loan during Construction Total B Tota A + B Amount in Rs Basis 3500000 Prevailing Rates 3500000
B 2
LS 3%
2500000 6941880
3 4
LS LS
1300000 500000
5 6
4100000 9993375 25335255 28835255
Page 9
Details of Misc. Fixed Assets

Sn. Broad Specification Qty (Nos) Rate Amount Basis of Valuation (in Rs.) (Rs in Lacs)
1 DG Sets (500 KVA) 2 3000000 60.00 As per Quotations 1 2500000 25.00 As per Quotations 2 Electricals (External Electrification 1500 KVA) 3 Integrated Pruning-cum-Harvestor 1 1000000 10.00 As per Quotations 10 50000 5.00 As per Quotations 4 Fire Fiting Station System 5 Intercome Telephone Exchange (250 Lines) 250 5000 12.50 As per Quotations 6 Cost of Telephone Cabling LS 10.00 As per Quotations 2 275000 5.50 As per Quotations 7 Electronic Weighbridge 8 Computer and Networking (Schedule -A) 68.84 As per Quotations 9 Electronic Display Boards 20 350000 70.00 As per Quotations 1 10000000 100.00 As per Quotations 10 Softwareds Business Process cum Mandi Software 11 Hardware for Electronic Auctioning 92.00 As per Quotations (Schedule B) 12 Software for Electronic Auctioning 1 4800000 48.00 As per Quotations (Schedule C) 13 Misc Components for Electronic Auctioning 24.50 As per Quotations House as per schedule D 14 Plastic Crates (5000 X 20 ) 100000 220 220.00 As per Quotations 15 Solar System (100 lights) 100 11500 11.50 As per Quotations 16 State of Art Laboratory 1 6000000 60.00 As per Quotations Total 762.84 114.43 Add @ 15% of Total cost for Excise Duty, Sales Tax, Service Tax, Freight Erection and Commissioning G. Total 877.27 Note (i) Plastic crates have been taken as 5000 crates for one collection centres and for 20 collection centres it works out to be 1,00,000 crates.(2) The solar system is street lighting in 30 acre area. The No. of lights have been estimated 100.
Page 10
Details of Furniture and Fixtures

Sn Particulars 1 Electronic Auction House Furniture (Schedule H) 2 Racks and Pallets 3 Administrative Block Furniture 4 Collection Centres 5 Sales Centres Total Qty Unit rate (in Rs) Amount (in Rs) 1500000 1000000 1000000 500000 250000 4250000
LS LS 20 10 25000 25000
Page 11
Details of Contingency and Escalation

Sn. Particulars Firm Cost Non Firm Rs in Lacs Cost Rs in Lacs 420 0 0 2313.96 1063.45 455.77 0 877.27 0 42.50 %age Amount Rs in Lacs 0 5 5 5 5 0.00 115.70 22.79 43.86 2.13 184.47
1 2 3 4 5
Land and Site Development Building and Civil Work Machines and Equipments Misc Fixed Assets Furniture & Fixtures
Page 12
Modern Terminal Market Nasik Projected Cashflow Statement Rs in Lacs <----------------------------------------------------Years ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
882.46 705.72 0 0.00 0.00 882.46 705.72 2820.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 165.65 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 448.57 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 755.72 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 957.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 945.12 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 951.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 957.89 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 964.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 970.77 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 977.31
Particulars Sources of Funds Share Capital Subsidy Increase in Term Loan Increase in Working Capital Loan Net Profit Before Interest and Taxes Increase in Current Libilities Total Application of Funds Increase in Fixed Assets Payment of Interest Repayment of Term Loan Payment of Income Tax Increase in Security Deposits Dividend Dividend Tax Preliminary and Pre Operative Tax Total Opening Balance +/- During the Year Closing Balance
0.00 1588.19
150.00 4558.19
0.00 165.65
0.00 448.57
0.00 755.72
0.00 957.04
0.00 945.12
0.00 951.50
0.00 957.89
0.00 964.30
0.00 970.77
0.00 977.31
1146.65 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.60 0.00 0.00 288.35
4071.85 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0
0.00 183.21 282.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0
0.00 164.18 282.00 0.00 0.00 5.69 0.57 0
0.00 145.14 282.00 0.00 0.00 30.16 3.02 0
0.00 126.11 282.00 0.00 0.00 46.68 4.67 0
0.00 107.07 282.00 0.00 0.00 47.22 4.72 0
0.00 88.04 282.00 128.88 0.00 39.46 3.95 0
0.00 69.00 282.00 217.13 0.00 34.75 3.47 0
0.00 49.97 282.00 235.72 0.00 35.26 3.53 0
0.00 30.93 282.00 252.95 0.00 35.88 3.59 0
0.00 11.90 282.00 269.08 0.00 36.59 3.66 0
1435.60 0.00 152.59 152.59
4071.85 152.59 486.34 638.93
465.21 638.93 -299.56 339.37
452.44 339.37 -3.87 335.50
460.32 335.50 295.41 630.90
459.46 630.90 497.58 1128.48
441.01 1128.48 504.11 1632.59
542.32 1632.59 409.18 2041.77
606.35 2041.77 351.54 2393.31
606.47 2393.31 357.83 2751.14
605.36 2751.14 365.42 3116.56
603.23 3116.56 374.08 3490.64
Page 13
Sn Particulars LIABILITIES Share Capital Subsidy Reserve & Surplus Term Loan Working Capital Loan Current Liabilities (Deposits from Shop owners)
Projected Balance Sheet Rs in Lacs <--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Years ----------------------------------------------------------------------------1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

882.46 705.72 0.00 0 0.00 0.00 1764.93 1764.93 1411.44 1411.44 0.00 -226.03 2820.00 2538.00 0.00 0.00 150.00 150.00 1764.93 1411.44 -156.38 2256.00 0.00 150.00 1764.93 1411.44 212.55 1974.00 0.00 150.00 1764.93 1411.44 783.66 1692.00 0.00 150.00 1764.93 1411.44 1361.29 1410.00 0.00 150.00 1764.93 1411.44 1844.00 1128.00 0.00 150.00 1764.93 1411.44 2269.06 846.00 0.00 150.00 1764.93 1764.93 1764.93 1411.44 1411.44 1411.44 2700.41 3139.36 3586.96 564.00 282.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 150.00 150.00 150.00
1 2 3 4 5 6
Total Libilities
1588.19
6146.37
5638.34
5425.99
5512.92
5802.03
6097.66
6298.37
6441.43
6590.79 6747.73
6913.33
1 2 a d
ASSETS 1400.00 Fixed Assets Current Assets 0.60 Security Deposites 152.59 Cash in Hand and at Bank Preliminary Operating 35.00 Expenses to the extent not written off 1588.19 Total Assets
5471.85 0.60 638.93 35.00
5266.87 0.60 339.37 31.50
5061.90 0.60 335.50 28.00
4856.92 0.60 630.90 24.50
4651.95 0.60 1128.48 21.00
4446.97 0.60 1632.59 17.50
4242.00 0.60 2041.77 14.00
4037.02 0.60 2393.31 10.50
3832.05 3627.07 0.60 0.60 2751.14 3116.56 7.00 3.50
3422.10 0.60 3490.64 0.00
6146.37
5638.34
5425.99
5512.92
5802.03
6097.66
6298.37
6441.43
6590.79 6747.73
6913.33
Page 14
Implementation Schedule
Sn Activities/Time (in Months) 1 Land/Location Identification 2 Preparation of Feasibility Report and Sanction of Term Loan 3 Land Development 4 Stuctural Designing & Drawing of Building 5 Approval of Maps from Competent Authority 6 Preparation of Specification Design Parameters etc 7 Tendering of Civil Works 8 Evauation and Awarding of Works 9 Construction of Boundary Wall and Gates 10 Construction of Civil Works 11 Formation of Farmers Groups 12 Finalisation of Collection and Sales Centre 13 Tendering for Plant and Equipments and MFA 14 Evaluation and Finalisation of Orders 15 Receipt of Equipments and their Erection 16 Commentioning of Plants and Equipments 0-3 3-6 6-9 9-12 12-15 15-18 18-21 21-24
Page 15
Modern Terminal Market Nasik Calculation of Break Even Point

(on Basis of 5th Year of Operation) Rs in Lacs Sn Expenditure Head 1 Salary & Wages Rents Power & Fuel Electricity & Water Repair & Maintenance as Schedule-D Vehicle Hiring & Travelling Cost of Crates Replacement Communication Printing and Stationary Postage, Couriers Security Services Advertisement and Publicity Insurance Rates and Taxes Misc. Expenses Depreciation Interest on Term Loan Interest on Woking Loan Preliminary Expenses Written Off Total Total Income Less Variable Cost Contribution Break Even Point (in %age Capacity Utilisation)) 46.68 Basis 50% Fixed 100% Fixed 20% Fixed 20% Fixed 100% Variable 100% Variable 100% Variable 100% Variable 100% Variable 100% Variable 50% Fixed 100% Vaiable 100% Fixed 100% Fixed 50% Fixed 100% Fixed 100% Fixed 100% Variable 100% Fixed Fixed Cost Variable Total Cost 112.85 112.85 225.71 22.23 0.00 22.23 44.53 178.10 222.63 3.79 15.15 18.94 0.00 83.26 83.26 0.00 12.73 12.73 0.00 25.00 25.00 0.00 6.18 6.18 0.00 3.99 3.99 0.00 0.80 0.80 9.38 9.38 18.75 0.00 5.00 5.00 15.17 0.00 15.17 1.00 0.00 1.00 0.50 0.50 1.00 204.98 0.00 204.98 126.11 0.00 126.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.50 0.00 3.50 544.03 452.95 996.97 1618.43 452.95 1165.48
Cash Break Even Point (in %age 28.79 Capacity Utilisation) Cash Break Even Point has been calculated excluding depreciation and preliminary expenses written off Note from fixed cost
Page 16
Calculation of Debt Service Coverage Ratio (DSCR)

Rs in Lacs Repayment Period Moratorium 2 Years Repayment 10 Years 2820.00 Interest on Term loan 0.00 0.00 -17.56 284.40 610.58 830.93 838.05 734.58 671.76 678.62 686.89 696.33 6014.57 0 99.93 183.21 164.18 145.14 126.11 107.07 88.04 69.00 49.97 30.93 11.90 1075.48
Term Loan Year Cash Profit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Avg DSCR for Repayment Period
1.82
Page 17
Calculation of Income Tax

Sn Particulars Net Profit Before Tax Add Depeciation on SLM as Companies Act Total Less Depeciation of WDV as per Income Tax Act Total Taxable Profit Depreciation Carried Forward Income Tax @ 33.66% Rs in Lacs <-------------------------------------------------------------------Year --------------------------------------------------------------------------------> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 0.00 0 0.00 0 -226.03 204.98 75.92 204.98 402.10 204.98 622.45 204.98 629.58 204.98 654.99 204.98 680.41 204.98 705.86 204.98 731.37 204.98 756.93 204.98
0.00 0
0.00 0
-21.06 1033.20
280.90 563.45
607.08 445.54
827.43 371.05
834.55 317.46
859.96 275.28
885.38 240.32
910.84 210.55
936.34 184.84
961.91 162.50
0.00 0 0.00
0.00 -1054.26
-282.55
161.54
456.38 -718.89 0.00
517.09 -201.80 0.00
584.68 382.88 128.88
645.06 0.00 217.13
700.29 0.00 235.72
751.50 0.00 252.95
799.41 0.00 269.08
0.00 -1054.26 -1336.82 -1175.27 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Page 18
Pay back Period of the Project

Cost of Project Cash Flow for 10 Years of Operation Pay Back Period 5996.37 6014.57 10
Pay Back Period on 100% Govt. Cont.
8.578361
Page 19
Particulars Income from Operations as Schedule of Estimate of Income Total A 0.00 Cost of Operation as per Schedule showing 0.00 yearwise cost of Operatio Total B 0.00 Profit from Operations (A-B) 0.00 Less Interest on Term Loan 0.00 Less Interest on Working Capital 0.00 Total Interest Profit after Interest Less Depreciation Net Profit After Depreciation Less Prelimnary Expenses of Written off Net Profit Before Income Tax Less Income Tax Net Profit after Income Tax Cash Profit Less Dividend Less Dividend Tax (@ 10%) Retained Profit Reserve & Surplus 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Rs in Lacs <-------------------------------------------------------Year -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 0.00 0.00 577.25 966.47 1355.96 1618.43 1623.29 1628.30 1633.46 1638.77 1644.25 1649.88 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0.00 0.00 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 577.25 411.60 411.60 165.65 183.21 0 183.21 -17.56 204.98 -222.53 3.50 -226.03 0.00 -226.03 -17.56 0.00 0.00 -226.03 -226.03 IRR= 966.47 517.90 517.90 448.57 164.18 0 164.18 284.40 204.98 79.42 3.50 75.92 0.00 75.92 284.40 5.69 0.57 69.66 -156.38 17.25 1355.96 600.24 600.24 755.72 145.14 0 145.14 610.58 204.98 405.60 3.50 402.10 0.00 402.10 610.58 30.16 3.02 368.93 212.55 1618.43 661.39 661.39 957.04 126.11 0 126.11 830.93 204.98 625.95 3.50 622.45 0.00 622.45 830.93 46.68 4.67 571.10 783.66 1623.29 678.17 678.17 945.12 107.07 0 107.07 838.05 204.98 633.08 3.50 629.58 0.00 629.58 838.05 47.22 4.72 577.64 1361.29 1628.30 676.80 676.80 951.50 88.04 0 88.04 863.46 204.98 658.49 3.50 654.99 128.88 526.11 734.58 39.46 3.95 482.70 1844.00 1633.46 675.57 675.57 957.89 69.00 0 69.00 888.88 204.98 683.91 3.50 680.41 217.13 463.28 671.76 34.75 3.47 425.06 2269.06 1638.77 674.47 674.47 964.30 49.97 0 49.97 914.34 204.98 709.36 3.50 705.86 235.72 470.15 678.62 35.26 3.53 431.36 2700.41 1644.25 673.47 673.47 970.77 30.93 0 30.93 939.84 204.98 734.87 3.50 731.37 252.95 478.41 686.89 35.88 3.59 438.94 3139.36 1649.88 672.58 672.58 977.31 11.90 0 11.90 965.41 204.98 760.43 3.50 756.93 269.08 487.85 696.33 36.59 3.66 447.60 3586.96
Projected Profitability Statement Modern Terminal Market Nasik
Page 20

Schedule of Interest and Loan Repayment
Quarter Loan Opening Received Balance Repayme Interest @ Closing Balance nt of Term 6.75% Loan 0 0 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 70.50 0 0 0 0 0.00 19.04 33.31 47.59 47.59 46.40 45.21 44.02 42.83 41.64 40.45 39.26 38.07 36.88 35.69 34.50 33.31 32.12 30.93 29.74 28.55 27.36 26.17 24.98 23.79 22.60 21.41 20.22 19.04 17.85 16.66 15.47 14.28 13.09 11.90 10.71 9.52 8.33 7.14 5.95 4.76 3.57 2.38 1.19 0 0 0 0 564.00 1128.00 1974.00 2820.00 2749.50 2679.00 2608.50 2538.00 2467.50 2397.00 2326.50 2256.00 2185.50 2115.00 2044.50 1974.00 1903.50 1833.00 1762.50 1692.00 1621.50 1551.00 1480.50 1410.00 1339.50 1269.00 1198.50 1128.00 1057.50 987.00 916.50 846.00 775.50 705.00 634.50 564.00 493.50 423.00 352.50 282.00 211.50 141.00 70.50 0.00 Yearly Interest Rs in Lacs Yearly Repayme nt
Year 1I II III IV 2I II III IV 3I II III IV 4I II III IV 5I II III IV 6I II III IV 7I II III IV 8I II III IV 9I II III IV 10 I II III IV 11 I II III IV 12 I II III IV 0 0 0 0 564.00 1128.00 1974.00 2820.00 2820.00 2749.50 2679.00 2608.50 2538.00 2467.50 2397.00 2326.50 2256.00 2185.50 2115.00 2044.50 1974.00 1903.50 1833.00 1762.50 1692.00 1621.50 1551.00 1480.50 1410.00 1339.50 1269.00 1198.50 1128.00 1057.50 987.00 916.50 846.00 775.50 705.00 634.50 564.00 493.50 423.00 352.50 282.00 211.50 141.00 70.50 0 0 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 99.93
564.00 564.00 846.00 846.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.00
183.21
282.00
164.18
282.00
145.14
282.00
126.11
282.00
107.07
282.00
88.04
282.00
69.00
282.00
49.97
282.00
30.93
282.00
11.90
282.00
Page 21
Schedule of Depreciation on WDV Method as per Income Tax Act

Year Particulars Building and Civil Work 10% 2533.53 253.35 2280.18 228.02 2052.16 205.22 1846.95 184.69 1662.25 166.23 1496.03 149.60 1346.42 134.64 1211.78 121.18 1090.60 109.06 981.54 98.15 Machines and Equipmen ts 15% 1663.38 249.51 1413.87 212.08 1201.79 180.27 1021.52 153.23 868.29 130.24 738.05 110.71 627.34 94.10 533.24 79.99 453.25 67.99 385.27 57.79 Rs in Lacs Misc Fixed Assets Furniture WDV/ & Fixtures Total Depreciati on 15% 60% 100% 15% 140.15 414.79 253.47 46.53 5051.85 21.02 248.87 253.47 6.98 1033.20 119.12 165.92 0.00 39.55 4018.64 17.87 99.55 0.00 5.93 563.45 101.26 66.37 0.00 33.62 3455.19 15.19 39.82 0.00 5.04 445.54 86.07 26.55 0.00 28.58 3009.66 12.91 15.93 0.00 4.29 371.05 73.16 10.62 0.00 24.29 2638.61 10.97 6.37 0.00 3.64 317.46 62.18 4.25 0.00 20.65 2321.15 9.33 2.55 0.00 3.10 275.28 52.86 1.70 0.00 17.55 2045.87 7.93 1.02 0.00 2.63 240.32 44.93 0.68 0.00 14.92 1805.55 6.74 0.41 0.00 2.24 210.55 38.19 0.27 0.00 12.68 1595.00 5.73 0.16 0.00 1.90 184.84 32.46 0.11 0.00 10.78 1410.16 4.87 0.07 0.00 1.62 162.50
Rate of Depe. 3 Cost Depreciation 4 WDV Depreciation 5 WDV Depreciation 6 WDV Depreciation 7 WDV Depreciation 8 WDV Depreciation 9 WDV Depreciation 10 WDV Depreciation 11 WDV Depreciation 12 WDV Depreciation
Page 22
Details Allocation of Contingencies and Pre Operative Expenses

Sn Particulars Cost ( Rs) Contingen Total Cost Pre Total (Rs) cy (Rs.) Including Operative Contingen Expenses cy (Rs) 2313.96 1519.22 128.00 378.84 231.50 42.50 4614.02 92.52 60.74 5.12 15.15 9.26 1.70 184.47 2406.48 1579.96 133.12 393.99 240.76 44.20 4798.49 127.06 83.42 7.03 20.80 12.71 2.33 253.35 2533.53 1663.38 140.15 414.79 253.47 46.53 5051.85
1 Building and Civil Work 2 Machines and Equipments MFA Category -A (15% Depreciation) MFA Category -B (60% Depreciation) MFA Category -C (100% Depreciation) 3 Furniture and Fixture Total
Page 23

Schedule H
A. Cold Store
Capacity (MT) 5000 Percentag Approxim e ate Utilization Volume of 20% 1000MT No. of days (20% capacity 70 days Rate (Rajasthan Cold Amount store Association (Rs. In Lacs) Rs.15MT/day 10.5
B. Ripening Chambers
50 MT/ 3day 20% 10MT 70days Rs.1/kg/ 3 days 23.33
C. Harvesters & Pruning Machines

Number of operative days in a year (20%) 70 Per day charges Rs.1000/- daily Total Income 0.70
D. Grading-Waxing-Machines
No. of Lines 3 Per line approxima 70
Total Day 210
Aggregate Volume to be 50 M.T
Rate Rs 1/kg
Amount 20.00
E. Colour Vision System Quality Station

No. of operative days Approximate No. of in a year (20%) Quality Evaluation Tests Rate (Per Test)
Amount 0.70 Amount 1.40

56.63
70 20 F Laboratory Testing & Certification
Rs.50/-
No. of operative days Approximate No. of in a year (20%) Quality Evaluation Tests per day
Rate (Per Test)
70
20
1000
Total
Page 24
Income Estimates
Year Basis No. of Days in Operation Arrival per Days (M.T.) Capacity in Lacs M.T. at (100%) Utilisation in %age Total Fruits & Vegetables Arrival (MT) Total Turnover(@ 8000/ M.T.) Registraion Fee from Farmers 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 13 14 14 15 Enterance Fee Charged to the Growers Enterance Fee for Despatch Vehicle Parking Charges (@ Rs 10/ per Truck for Arrival and Despatch) Handling Charges from Buyers 0.50 percent Service Charges from Buyers @ 3.5% Income from Forward Linkages from Schedule-E Rentals for Crates (Farmers) Rs .75 per Crate Rentals for Crates (Buyers) Rs. 0.75 per Crate Rentals from Shops and Godowns (Rs 15,000 per Shop per Month) Rentals from Commercial Activities Rs 20 per Sqft Weigh Bridge Charges Rs. 15 per truck Interest @ 5% on Deposits against Shops/Godowns @ Rs 2,00,000 each (75 X 2,00,0000) Others income from Cold Storages, Repening Chamber, Harvester/Pruning / Total Income G 1 300 1000 3.00 20% 60000 4800 50% 150000 12000 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.75 60.00 420.00 110.16 75.00 75.00 139.05 13.73 2.81 7.50 80% 240000 19200 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 96.00 672.00 110.16 120.00 120.00 143.22 14.15 4.50 7.50 100% 300000 24000 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.50 120.00 840.00 110.16 150.00 150.00 147.52 14.57 5.63 7.50 100% 300000 24000 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.50 120.00 840.00 110.16 150.00 150.00 151.94 15.01 5.63 7.50 100% 300000 24000 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.50 120.00 840.00 110.16 150.00 150.00 156.50 15.46 5.63 7.50 100% 300000 24000 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.50 120.00 840.00 110.16 150.00 150.00 161.20 15.92 5.63 7.50 100% 100% 300000 300000 24000 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.50 120.00 840.00 110.16 150.00 150.00 166.03 16.40 5.63 7.50 24000 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.50 120.00 840.00 110.16 150.00 150.00 171.01 16.89 5.63 7.50 100% 300000 24000 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.50 120.00 840.00 110.16 150.00 150.00 176.14 17.40 5.63 7.50 3
Modern Terminal Market Nasik 4 5 6 7 8
10
Rs. In Lacs 11 12
1 2
Gestation Period of the Project i.e. first 2 years
0.00 0.00 0.00 1.50 24.00 168.00 110.16 30.00 30.00 135.00 13.33 1.13 7.50
16
56.63 577.25
59.46
62.43
65.56
65.56
65.56
65.56
65.56
65.56
65.56 1649.88
966.47 1355.96 1618.43 1623.29 1628.30 1633.46 1638.77 1644.25
Page 25
Schedule F
Publicity & Advertisement and Awareness Programmes

Sn Particulars 1 Organisation of Farmers Associations @ 20 CC X 8 Farmers Assocaitions= 160 X Rs 10,000 2 Awareness Programme for Farmers ( Distriwise - 4, Villages =500 in a cluster of 10 villages and 50 Programmes @10000 3 Pubility Material Print and Print Media Total Amount (in Rs.) 1600000 500000
2000000 4100000
Page 26

(2) The detailed working for 3rd year to 12th year are as per enclosed sheet
Yearwise Performance of Sales Centres

Year 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Income Total Arrival 8100 8100 8100 8100 8100 8100 8100 8100 8100 8100 Turn Over (Rs 8000/- per Tonnes) 64800000 64800000 64800000 64800000 64800000 64800000 64800000 64800000 64800000 64800000 Income (Service Charges 5%) 3240000 3240000 3240000 3240000 3240000 3240000 3240000 3240000 3240000 3240000 Other Income 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total Income 3240000 3240000 3240000 3240000 3240000 3240000 3240000 3240000 3240000 3240000 Expenditure Marketing Cost (1% of Value) 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 Unloading/Loading 194400 194400 194400 194400 194400 194400 194400 194400 194400 194400 Transit Insurance (1% of Value) 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 Misc Charges (1% of Value) 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 648000 Total Expenditure 2138400 2138400 2138400 2138400 2138400 2138400 2138400 2138400 2138400 2138400 Net Profit 1101600 1101600 1101600 1101600 1101600 1101600 1101600 1101600 1101600 1101600
Note : Onion 4 Months in 2 Seasons, Promgranet 3 months in 2 Seasons, Grapes 2 months in 1 Seasons
Page 27
Modern Terminal Market Nasik Cost Estimates for Terminal Market at NasiK Computers and Networking
Schedule - A I. HARDWARE ESTIMATE Activity Location
Desktop Printers Laser (Nos) Dot Matrix (Nos) (Nos) 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 1 2 4 4 4 6 6 6 20 10 12 92 40000 3680000 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 4 4 1 1 1 2 20 10 3 56 4000 224000
Servers (Nos)
DataStore Tape (Nos) Backup (Nos)
Grand Total (Nos)
s.No. Fruits Halls 1 Vegetables Halls 2 Purchase Operations Hall Crates and Dispaches 3 Section 4 Security 5 Human Resource 6 Finance Division 7 Ripening Chamber 8 Cold Storage 9 Produce Receiving 10 Produce Dispatch Section 11 Operations 12 Backward Linkages 13 IT Division 14 Electronic Auction (2) 15 Collection Centres 16 Sales Centres 17 Others Total Nos Unit Cost Total Amount in Rs II. Networking Estimate Unit Router Switches Cabling (Cat V or Latest Tech) Hardware Networking Total Cost 1.00 150,000.00 10.00 80,000.00 150000 800000 1000000 4,934,000.00 1,950,000.00 6,884,000.00
1 1
1 1 2 0 0 3 9 15000 135000
4 2
6 130000 780000
1 70000 70000
1 45000 45000
4,934,000.00
Page 28
Modern Terminal Market Nasik Assessment of Working Capital
Page 29
Quotations

Nasik 2

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Nasik 2

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

NIAM

Major sourcing areas Handling capacity

Expected peak throughput for

1500 MT/ day.

(Forward Linkages) Registration of Buyers; Inadequate Buyers

Market doesnt play a proactive role in farmers to organise the logistics

attracting produce or in facilitating the modern value added facilities in the

The land use pattern in side the market is faulty

Parking in circulation area either openly ignored or encroached upon.

Parking and vehicular movement is changed and to suit different stakeholders

Centralized Auction System (CAS) is introduced in the modern terminal market.

The scenario of congestion, Chaos and unhygienic condition

High levels of price fluctuations in key produce

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION TO THE PROJECT

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

who own land and are not traders. Centers (CCs).

The Forward Linkages envisioned under the system provide

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

caters to the flowers grown around the city.

The market has not achieved the

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

prepared Detailed Project Reports for them.

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

CHAPTER II PRESENT SCENARIO IN NASIK DIVISION

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

good in international markets.

2002-03 Prodn (MT) 18958 602400 6340 300454 162330

Mango Grape Banana Pomegranate K.Lime Onion Tomato

2620 15260 8 11729 133 -

5576 17387 100 32184 8112

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

Minimum Rs /Quintal 500 300 400 450

Maximum Rs /Quintal 650 500 600 700

Model Rs /Quintal 500 300 500 650

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Market fee Supervision Fee GCA commission

Unloading /Loading (Quintal) Weighment (Quintal) Cleaning charges (Quintals) Total

* Percentage of value of produce

Banana Mango Pomegranate Grapes Water Melon Lemon

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

2.63 2.19 2.43 1.90 2.65 0.80 2.00

2.34 1.56 1.20

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

Internal Roads and

Godown of 700 MTS capacity

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

A class traders B class traders C class traders

The important feature

This has one sub-market

Paddy, Rice, Wheat and Bajara and vegetables arrive in

Modern Terminal Market Nasik

Modern Terminal Market Nasik